PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 128

Product Sample & Technical Tools & Support & Reference

Folder Buy Documents Software Community Design

MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526


MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

MSP430F552x, MSP430F551x Mixed-Signal Microcontrollers


1 Device Overview

1.1
1
Features
• Low Supply Voltage Range: – Low-Frequency Trimmed Internal Reference
3.6 V Down to 1.8 V Source (REFO)
• Ultra-Low Power Consumption – 32-kHz Watch Crystals (XT1)
– Active Mode (AM): – High-Frequency Crystals up to 32 MHz (XT2)
• All System Clocks Active: • 16-Bit Timer TA0, Timer_A With Five
– 290 µA/MHz at 8 MHz, 3.0 V, Flash Capture/Compare Registers
Program Execution (Typical) • 16-Bit Timer TA1, Timer_A With Three
– 150 µA/MHz at 8 MHz, 3.0 V, RAM Capture/Compare Registers
Program Execution (Typical) • 16-Bit Timer TA2, Timer_A With Three
– Standby Mode (LPM3): Capture/Compare Registers
• Real-Time Clock (RTC) With Crystal, • 16-Bit Timer TB0, Timer_B With Seven
Watchdog, and Supply Supervisor Capture/Compare Shadow Registers
Operational, Full RAM Retention, Fast Wake • Two Universal Serial Communication Interfaces
up: – USCI_A0 and USCI_A1 Each Support:
– 1.9 µA at 2.2 V, 2.1 µA at 3.0 V (Typical) • Enhanced UART Supports Automatic Baud-
• Low-Power Oscillator (VLO), General- Rate Detection
Purpose Counter, Watchdog, and Supply • IrDA Encoder and Decoder
Supervisor Operational, Full RAM Retention, • Synchronous SPI
Fast Wake up: – USCI_B0 and USCI_B1 Each Support:
– 1.4 µA at 3.0 V (Typical) • I2C
– Off Mode (LPM4): • Synchronous SPI
• Full RAM Retention, Supply Supervisor • Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB)
Operational, Fast Wake up: – Integrated USB-PHY
– 1.1 µA at 3.0 V (Typical) – Integrated 3.3-V and 1.8-V USB Power System
– Shutdown Mode (LPM4.5): – Integrated USB-PLL
• 0.18 µA at 3.0 V (Typical) – Eight Input and Eight Output Endpoints
• Wake up From Standby Mode in 3.5 µs (Typical) • 12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
• 16-Bit RISC Architecture, Extended Memory, up to (MSP430F552x Only) With Internal Reference,
25-MHz System Clock Sample-and-Hold, and Autoscan Feature
• Flexible Power Management System • Comparator
– Fully Integrated LDO With Programmable • Hardware Multiplier Supports 32-Bit Operations
Regulated Core Supply Voltage • Serial Onboard Programming, No External
– Supply Voltage Supervision, Monitoring, and Programming Voltage Needed
Brownout • Three-Channel Internal DMA
• Unified Clock System • Basic Timer With RTC Feature
– FLL Control Loop for Frequency Stabilization • Section 3 Summarizes Available Family Members
– Low-Power Low-Frequency Internal Clock • For Complete Module Descriptions, See the
Source (VLO) MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's
Guide (SLAU208)

1.2 Applications
• Analog and Digital Sensor Systems • Connection to USB Hosts
• Data Loggers

An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

1.3 Description
The TI MSP430™ family of ultra-low-power microcontrollers consists of several devices featuring
peripheral sets targeted for a variety of applications. The architecture, combined with extensive low-power
modes, is optimized to achieve extended battery life in portable measurement applications. The
microcontroller features a powerful 16-bit RISC CPU, 16-bit registers, and constant generators that
contribute to maximum code efficiency. The digitally controlled oscillator (DCO) allows the devices to wake
up from low-power modes to active mode in 3.5 µs (typical).
The MSP430F5529, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5525, and MSP430F5521 microcontrollers have integrated
USB and PHY supporting USB 2.0, four 16-bit timers, a high-performance 12-bit analog-to-digital
converter (ADC), two universal serial communication interfaces (USCI), a hardware multiplier, DMA, a
real-time clock (RTC) module with alarm capabilities, and 63 I/O pins. The MSP430F5528,
MSP430F5526, MSP430F5524, and MSP430F5522 microcontrollers include all of these peripherals but
have 47 I/O pins.
The MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, and MSP430F5515 microcontrollers have integrated USB and PHY
supporting USB 2.0, four 16-bit timers, two universal serial communication interfaces (USCI), a hardware
multiplier, DMA, an RTC module with alarm capabilities, and 63 I/O pins. The MSP430F5514 and
MSP430FF5513 microcontrollers include all of these peripherals but have 47 I/O pins.
Typical applications include analog and digital sensor systems, data loggers, and others that require
connectivity to various USB hosts.

Device Information (1)


PART NUMBER PACKAGE BODY SIZE (2)
MSP430F5529PN LQFP (80) 12 mm × 12 mm
MSP430F5528RGC VQFN (64) 9 mm × 9 mm
MSP430F5528YFF DSBGA (64) 3.5 mm × 3.5 mm
MSP430F5528ZQE MicroStar Junior™ BGA (80) 5 mm × 5 mm
(1) For the most current part, package, and ordering information for all available devices, see the Package Option Addendum in Section 8,
or see the TI website at www.ti.com.
(2) The sizes shown here are approximations. For the package dimensions with tolerances, see the Mechanical Data in Section 8.

2 Device Overview Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

1.4 Functional Block Diagrams


Figure 1-1 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430F5529, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5525, and
MSP430F5521 devices in the PN package.

XIN XOUT RST/NMI DVCC DVSS VCORE AVCC AVSS PA PB PC PD


P1.x P2.x P3.x P4.x P5.x P6.x P7.x P8.x DP,DM,PUR

XT2IN SYS
Unified ACLK Power I/O Ports I/O Ports I/O Ports I/O Ports
Management P1/P2 P3/P4 P5/P6 P7/P8 Full-speed
Clock 128KB 8KB+2KB Watchdog
XT2OUT 2×8 I/Os 2×8 I/Os 2×8 I/Os 1×8 I/Os USB
System SMCLK 96KB 6KB+2KB
Port Map Interrupt 1×3 I/Os
64KB 4KB+2KB LDO & Wakeup USB-PHY
32KB Control USB-LDO
SVM/SVS (P4)
MCLK USB-PLL
Brownout PA PB PC PD
Flash RAM 1×16 I/Os 1×16 I/Os 1×16 I/Os 1×11 I/Os

MAB
CPUXV2 DMA
and
Working MDB 3 Channel
Registers

EEM
(L: 8+2)
USCI0,1 ADC12_A

JTAG/ TA0 TA1 TA2 TB0 USCI_Ax: 12 Bit


UART, 200 KSPS REF COMP_B
SBW MPY32 RTC_A CRC16
Interface Timer_A Timer_A Timer_A Timer_B IrDA, SPI
5 CC 3 CC 3 CC 7 CC 16 Channels 12 Channels
Registers Registers Registers Registers USCI_Bx: (14 ext/2 int)
SPI, I2C Autoscan

Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram – MSP430F5529IPN, MSP430F5527IPN, MSP430F5525IPN,


MSP430F5521IPN

Figure 1-2 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430F5528, MSP430F5526, MSP430F5524, and
MSP430F5522 devices in the RGC and ZQE packages and for the MSP430F5528, MSP430F5526, and
MSP430F5524 devices in the YFF package.

XIN XOUT RST/NMI DVCC DVSS VCORE AVCC AVSS PA PB PC


P1.x P2.x P3.x P4.x P5.x P6.x DP,DM,PUR

XT2IN SYS
Unified ACLK Power I/O Ports I/O Ports I/O Ports
Management P1/P2 P3/P4 P5/P6 Full-speed
Clock 128KB 8KB+2KB Watchdog
XT2OUT 2×8 I/Os 1×5 I/Os 1×6 I/Os USB
System SMCLK 96KB 6KB+2KB
Port Map Interrupt 1×8 I/Os 1×8 I/Os
64KB 4KB+2KB LDO & Wakeup USB-PHY
32KB Control USB-LDO
SVM/SVS (P4)
MCLK USB-PLL
Brownout PA PB PC
Flash RAM 1×16 I/Os 1×13 I/Os 1×14 I/Os

MAB
CPUXV2 DMA
and
Working MDB 3 Channel
Registers

EEM
(L: 8+2)
USCI0,1 ADC12_A

JTAG/ TA0 TA1 TA2 TB0 USCI_Ax: 12 Bit


UART, 200 KSPS REF COMP_B
SBW MPY32 RTC_A CRC16
Interface Timer_A Timer_A Timer_A Timer_B IrDA, SPI
5 CC 3 CC 3 CC 7 CC 12 Channels 8 Channels
Registers Registers Registers Registers USCI_Bx: (10 ext/2 int)
SPI, I2C Autoscan

Figure 1-2. Functional Block Diagram –


MSP430F5528IRGC, MSP430F5526IRGC, MSP430F5524IRGC, MSP430F5522IRGC
MSP430F5528IZQE, MSP430F5526IZQE, MSP430F5524IZQE, MSP430F5522IZQE
MSP430F5528IYFF, MSP430F5526IYFF, MSP430F5524IYFF

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Device Overview 3


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Figure 1-3 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, and MSP430F5515
devices in the PN package.

XIN XOUT RST/NMI DVCC DVSS VCORE AVCC AVSS PA PB PC PD


P1.x P2.x P3.x P4.x P5.x P6.x P7.x P8.x DP,DM,PUR

XT2IN SYS
Unified ACLK Power I/O Ports I/O Ports I/O Ports I/O Ports
Management P1/P2 P3/P4 P5/P6 P7/P8 Full-speed
Clock 128KB 4KB+2KB Watchdog
XT2OUT 2×8 I/Os 2×8 I/Os 2×8 I/Os 1×8 I/Os USB
System SMCLK 96KB
Port Map Interrupt 1×3 I/Os
64KB LDO & Wakeup USB-PHY
Control USB-LDO
SVM/SVS (P4)
MCLK Flash RAM USB-PLL
Brownout PA PB PC PD
1×16 I/Os 1×16 I/Os 1×16 I/Os 1×11 I/Os

MAB
CPUXV2 DMA
and
Working MDB 3 Channel
Registers

EEM
(L: 8+2)
USCI0,1

JTAG/ TA0 TA1 TA2 TB0 USCI_Ax:


UART, COMP_B
SBW MPY32 RTC_A CRC16 REF
Interface Timer_A Timer_A Timer_A Timer_B IrDA, SPI
5 CC 3 CC 3 CC 7 CC 12 Channels
Registers Registers Registers Registers USCI_Bx:
SPI, I2C

Figure 1-3. Functional Block Diagram – MSP430F5519IPN, MSP430F5517IPN, MSP430F5515IPN

Figure 1-4 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430F5514 and MSP430F5513 devices in the
RGC and ZQE packages.

XIN XOUT RST/NMI DVCC DVSS VCORE AVCC AVSS PA PB PC


P1.x P2.x P3.x P4.x P5.x P6.x DP,DM,PUR

XT2IN SYS
Unified ACLK Power I/O Ports I/O Ports I/O Ports
Management P1/P2 P3/P4 P5/P6 Full-speed
Clock 64KB 4KB+2KB Watchdog
XT2OUT 2×8 I/Os 1×5 I/Os 1×6 I/Os USB
System SMCLK 32KB
Port Map Interrupt 1×8 I/Os 1×8 I/Os
LDO & Wakeup USB-PHY
Control USB-LDO
SVM/SVS (P4)
MCLK Flash RAM USB-PLL
Brownout PA PB PC
1×16 I/Os 1×13 I/Os 1×14 I/Os

MAB
CPUXV2 DMA
and
Working MDB 3 Channel
Registers

EEM
(L: 8+2)
USCI0,1

JTAG/ TA0 TA1 TA2 TB0 USCI_Ax:


UART, COMP_B
SBW MPY32 RTC_A CRC16 REF
Interface Timer_A Timer_A Timer_A Timer_B IrDA, SPI
5 CC 3 CC 3 CC 7 CC 8 Channels
Registers Registers Registers Registers USCI_Bx:
SPI, I2C

Figure 1-4. Functional Block Diagram – MSP430F5514IRGC, MSP430F5513IRGC, MSP430F5514IZQE,


MSP430F5513IZQE

4 Device Overview Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table of Contents
1 Device Overview ......................................... 1 5.24 PMM, SVS Low Side ................................ 33
1.1 Features .............................................. 1 5.25 PMM, SVM Low Side ............................... 33
1.2 Applications ........................................... 1 5.26 Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes and
1.3 Description ............................................ 2 Reset ................................................ 34
1.4 Functional Block Diagrams ........................... 3 5.27 Timer_A ............................................. 34
2 Revision History ......................................... 6 5.28 Timer_B ............................................. 34
3 Device Comparison ..................................... 7 5.29 USCI (UART Mode) Clock Frequency .............. 35
4 Terminal Configuration and Functions .............. 8 5.30 USCI (UART Mode) ................................. 35
4.1 Pin Diagrams ......................................... 8 5.31 USCI (SPI Master Mode) Clock Frequency ......... 35
4.2 Signal Descriptions .................................. 14 5.32 USCI (SPI Master Mode)............................ 35
5 Specifications ........................................... 19 5.33 USCI (SPI Slave Mode) ............................. 37
5.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ........................ 19 5.34 USCI (I2C Mode) .................................... 39
5.35 12-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range
5.2 ESD Ratings ........................................ 19
Conditions ........................................... 40
5.3 Recommended Operating Conditions ............... 19
5.36 12-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters .................... 40
5.4 Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding
5.37 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using an External
External Current ..................................... 21
Reference Voltage or AVCC as Reference Voltage 41
5.5 Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC)
5.38 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using the Internal
Excluding External Current.......................... 22
Reference Voltage .................................. 41
5.6 Thermal Characteristics ............................. 23
5.39 12-Bit ADC, Temperature Sensor and Built-In VMID 42
5.7 Schmitt-Trigger Inputs – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7) 5.40 REF, External Reference ........................... 43
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to 5.41 REF, Built-In Reference ............................. 43
P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3, RST/NMI) ....................... 24 5.42 Comparator_B ....................................... 45
5.8 Inputs – Ports P1 and P2
5.43 Ports PU.0 and PU.1 ................................ 45
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7)......................... 24
5.44 USB Output Ports DP and DM ...................... 47
5.9 Leakage Current – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7) 5.45 USB Input Ports DP and DM ........................ 47
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to 5.46 USB-PWR (USB Power System) ................... 48
P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3, RST/NMI) ....................... 24
5.47 USB-PLL (USB Phase Locked Loop) ............... 48
5.10 Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Full Drive Strength)
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7) 5.48 Flash Memory ....................................... 49
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to 5.49 JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface .................... 49
P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3) .................................. 24 6 Detailed Description ................................... 50
5.11 Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Reduced Drive 6.1 CPU (Link to User's Guide) ......................... 50
Strength)
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7) 6.2 Operating Modes .................................... 51
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to 6.3 Interrupt Vector Addresses.......................... 52
P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3) .................................. 25 6.4 Memory Organization ............................... 53
5.12 Output Frequency – General-Purpose I/O
6.5 Bootstrap Loader (BSL) ............................. 54
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7)
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to 6.6 JTAG Operation ..................................... 55
P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3) .................................. 25 6.7 Flash Memory (Link to User's Guide) ............... 56
5.13 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Reduced Drive 6.8 RAM (Link to User's Guide) ......................... 56
Strength (PxDS.y = 0) ............................... 26
6.9 Peripherals .......................................... 56
5.14 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Full Drive
6.10 Input/Output Schematics ............................ 81
Strength (PxDS.y = 1) ............................... 27
6.11 Device Descriptors (TLV) .......................... 103
5.15 Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency Mode ..... 28
5.16 Crystal Oscillator, XT2 .............................. 29
7 Device and Documentation Support .............. 109
5.17 Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator 7.1 Device Support..................................... 109
(VLO) ................................................ 30 7.2 Documentation Support ............................ 112
5.18 Internal Reference, Low-Frequency Oscillator 7.3 Related Links ...................................... 113
(REFO) .............................................. 30 7.4 Community Resources............................. 113
5.19 DCO Frequency ..................................... 31 7.5 Trademarks ........................................ 113
5.20 PMM, Brown-Out Reset (BOR) ..................... 32 7.6 Electrostatic Discharge Caution ................... 113
5.21 PMM, Core Voltage ................................. 32 7.7 Glossary............................................ 113
5.22 PMM, SVS High Side ............................... 32 8 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable
5.23 PMM, SVM High Side ............................... 33 Information ............................................. 114

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Table of Contents 5


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

2 Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.

Changes from Revision L (June 2013) to Revision M Page


• Formatting and organization changes throughout, including addition of section numbering ............................... 1
• Added Device Information table .................................................................................................... 2
• Added Section 1.4 and moved all functional block diagrams to it .............................................................. 3
• Added Section 3 and moved Family Members table to it ....................................................................... 7
• Added Section 5 and moved all electrical specifications to it ................................................................. 19
• Added Section 5.2, ESD Ratings.................................................................................................. 19
• Moved Section 5.6, Thermal Characteristics .................................................................................... 23
• Changed the TYP value of CL,eff with Test Conditions of "XTS = 0, XCAPx = 0" from 2 pF to 1 pF ..................... 28
• Corrected MRG0 and MRG1 bit names in fMCLK,MRG parameter description ................................................. 49
• Corrected spelling of NMIIFG in Table 6-9, System Module Interrupt Vector Registers ................................... 60
• Corrected register names (added "USB" prefix as necessary) in Table 6-45, USB Control Registers .................. 80
• Changed P5.3 schematic (added P5SEL.2 and XT2BYPASS inputs, AND gate, and OR gate after P5SEL.3) ....... 89
• Changed P5SEL.3 column from X to 0 for "P5.3 (I/O)" rows .................................................................. 89
• Changed P5.5 schematic (change input from P5SEL.5 to P5SEL.4 and added P5SEL.5 input and the following
OR gate) .............................................................................................................................. 91
• Changed P5SEL.5 column from X to 0 for "P5.5 (I/O)" rows .................................................................. 91
• Added Section 7 and moved Tools Support, Device Nomenclature, ESD Caution, and Trademarks sections to it .. 109
• Added Section 8, Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information ..................................................... 114

6 Revision History Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

3 Device Comparison
Table 3-1 summarizes the available family members.

Table 3-1. Family Members (1) (2)


USCI
FLASH SRAM (4) (5) CHANNEL A: CHANNEL B: ADC12_A Comp_B
DEVICE Timer_A Timer_B I/O PACKAGE
(KB) (KB) (3) UART, IrDA, SPI, I2C (Ch) (Ch)
SPI
MSP430F5529 128 8+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 14 ext, 2 int 12 63 80 PN
64 RGC,
MSP430F5528 128 8+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 10 ext, 2 int 8 47 64 YFF,
80 ZQE
MSP430F5527 96 6+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 14 ext, 2 int 12 63 80 PN
64 RGC,
MSP430F5526 96 6+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 10 ext, 2 int 8 47 64 YFF,
80 ZQE
MSP430F5525 64 4+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 14 ext, 2 int 12 63 80 PN
64 RGC,
MSP430F5524 64 4+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 10 ext, 2 int 8 47 64 YFF,
80 ZQE
64 RGC,
MSP430F5522 32 8+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 10 ext, 2 int 8 47
80 ZQE
MSP430F5521 32 6+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 14 ext, 2 int 12 63 80 PN
MSP430F5519 128 8+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 – 12 63 80 PN
MSP430F5517 96 6+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 – 12 63 80 PN
MSP430F5515 64 4+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 – 12 63 80 PN
64 RGC,
MSP430F5514 64 4+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 – 8 47
80 ZQE
64 RGC,
MSP430F5513 32 4+2 5, 3, 3 7 2 2 – 8 47
80 ZQE

(1) For the most current part, package, and ordering information for all available devices, see the Package Option Addendum in Section 8, or see the TI website at www.ti.com.
(2) Package drawings, thermal data, and symbolization are available at www.ti.com/packaging.
(3) The additional 2KB USB SRAM that is listed can be used as general-purpose SRAM when USB is not in use.
(4) Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_A with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM output generators available. For example, a
number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_A, the first instantiation having 3 and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare registers and PWM output
generators, respectively.
(5) Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_B with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM output generators available. For example, a
number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_B, the first instantiation having 3 and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare registers and PWM output
generators, respectively.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Device Comparison 7


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

4 Terminal Configuration and Functions


4.1 Pin Diagrams
Figure 4-1 shows the pinout for the MSP430F5529, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5525, and MSP430F5521
devices in the PN package.

RST/NMI/SBWTDIO

TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK

P5.3/XT2OUT
P6.3/CB3/A3
P6.2/CB2/A2
P6.1/CB1/A1
P6.0/CB0/A0

P5.2/XT2IN
PJ.2/TMS

PJ.0/TDO
PJ.3/TCK

PU.1/DM

PU.0/DP
AVSS2

VSSU
VUSB
VBUS

PUR
V18
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
P6.4/CB4/A4 1 60 P7.7/TB0CLK/MCLK
P6.5/CB5/A5 2 59 P7.6/TB0.4
P6.6/CB6/A6 3 58 P7.5/TB0.3
P6.7/CB7/A7 4 57 P7.4/TB0.2
P7.0/CB8/A12 5 56 P5.7/TB0.1
P7.1/CB9/A13 6 55 P5.6/TB0.0
P7.2/CB10/A14 7 54 P4.7/PM_NONE
P7.3/CB11/A15 8 53 P4.6/PM_NONE
P5.0/A8/VREF+/VeREF+ 9 52 P4.5/PM_UCA1RXD/PM_UCA1SOMI
MSP430F5529
P5.1/A9/VREF−/VeREF− 10 MSP430F5527 51 P4.4/PM_UCA1TXD/PM_UCA1SIMO
AVCC1 11 MSP430F5525 50 DVCC2
P5.4/XIN 12 MSP430F5521 49 DVSS2
P5.5/XOUT 13 48 P4.3/PM_UCB1CLK/PM_UCA1STE
AVSS1 14 47 P4.2/PM_UCB1SOMI/PM_UCB1SCL
P8.0 15 46 P4.1/PM_UCB1SIMO/PM_UCB1SDA
P8.1 16 45 P4.0/PM_UCB1STE/PM_UCA1CLK
P8.2 17 44 P3.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT
DVCC1 18 43 P3.6/TB0.6
DVSS1 19 42 P3.5/TB0.5
VCORE 20 41 P3.4/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
P1.2/TA0.1

P2.1/TA1.2
P1.3/TA0.2

P1.6/TA1CLK/CBOUT
P1.1/TA0.0

P1.7/TA1.0
P1.4/TA0.3
P1.5/TA0.4

P2.0/TA1.1

P2.3/TA2.0

P2.5/TA2.2

P3.2/UCB0CLK/UCA0STE
P2.2/TA2CLK/SMCLK

P2.6/RTCCLK/DMAE0

P3.3/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO
P3.1/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK

P2.4/TA2.1

P2.7/UCB0STE/UCA0CLK
P3.0/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA

Figure 4-1. Pin Designation – MSP430F5529IPN, MSP430F5527IPN, MSP430F5525IPN, MSP430F5521IPN


(Top View)

8 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Figure 4-2 shows the pinout for the MSP430F5528, MSP430F5526, MSP430F5524, and MSP430F5522
devices in the RGC package.

RST/NMI/SBWTDIO

TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK

P5.3/XT2OUT
P5.2/XT2IN
PJ.2/TMS

PJ.0/TDO
PJ.3/TCK

PU.1/DM

PU.0/DP
AVSS2

VSSU
VUSB
VBUS

PUR
V18
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
P6.0/CB0/A0 1 48 P4.7/PM_NONE
P6.1/CB1/A1 2 47 P4.6/PM_NONE
P6.2/CB2/A2 3 46 P4.5/PM_UCA1RXD/PM_UCA1SOMI
P6.3/CB3/A3 4 45 P4.4/PM_UCA1TXD/PM_UCA1SIMO
P6.4/CB4/A4 5 44 P4.3/PM_UCB1CLK/PM_UCA1STE
P6.5/CB5/A5 6 43 P4.2/PM_UCB1SOMI/PM_UCB1SCL
P6.6/CB6/A6 7 42 P4.1/PM_UCB1SIMO/PM_UCB1SDA
MSP430F5528
P6.7/CB7/A7 8 MSP430F5526 41 P4.0/PM_UCB1STE/PM_UCA1CLK
P5.0/A8/VREF+/VeREF+ 9 MSP430F5524 40 DVCC2
P5.1/A9/VREF−/VeREF− 10 MSP430F5522 39 DVSS2
AVCC1 11 38 P3.4/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI
P5.4/XIN 12 37 P3.3/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO
P5.5/XOUT 13 36 P3.2/UCB0CLK/UCA0STE
AVSS1 14 35 P3.1/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL
DVCC1 15 34 P3.0/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA
DVSS1 16 33 P2.7/UCB0STE/UCA0CLK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
P1.2/TA0.1

P2.4/TA2.1
P1.3/TA0.2
P1.1/TA0.0

P1.4/TA0.3
VCORE
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK

P1.5/TA0.4

P2.5/TA2.2
P2.1/TA1.2
P1.7/TA1.0

P2.3/TA2.0
P1.6/TA1CLK/CBOUT

P2.6/RTCCLK/DMAE0
P2.0/TA1.1

P2.2/TA2CLK/SMCLK

NOTE: TI recommends connecting the exposed thermal pad to VSS.

Figure 4-2. Pin Designation – MSP430F5528IRGC, MSP430F5526IRGC, MSP430F5524IRGC,


MSP430F5522IRGC (Top View)

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Terminal Configuration and Functions 9


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Figure 4-3 shows the pinout for the MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, and MSP430F5515 devices in the PN
package.

RST/NMI/SBWTDIO

TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK

P5.3/XT2OUT
P5.2/XT2IN
PJ.2/TMS

PJ.0/TDO
P6.3/CB3
P6.2/CB2
P6.1/CB1

PJ.3/TCK
P6.0/CB0

PU.1/DM

PU.0/DP
AVSS2

VSSU
VUSB
VBUS

PUR
V18
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
P6.4/CB4 1 60 P7.7/TB0CLK/MCLK
P6.5/CB5 2 59 P7.6/TB0.4
P6.6/CB6 3 58 P7.5/TB0.3
P6.7/CB7 4 57 P7.4/TB0.2
P7.0/CB8 5 56 P5.7/TB0.1
P7.1/CB9 6 55 P5.6/TB0.0
P7.2/CB10 7 54 P4.7/PM_NONE
P7.3/CB11 8 53 P4.6/PM_NONE
P5.0 9 52 P4.5/PM_UCA1RXD/PM_UCA1SOMI
P5.1 10 MSP430F5519 51 P4.4/PM_UCA1TXD/PM_UCA1SIMO
AVCC1 11 MSP430F5517 50 DVCC2
MSP430F5515
P5.4/XIN 12 49 DVSS2
P5.5/XOUT 13 48 P4.3/PM_UCB1CLK/PM_UCA1STE
AVSS1 14 47 P4.2/PM_UCB1SOMI/PM_UCB1SCL
P8.0 15 46 P4.1/PM_UCB1SIMO/PM_UCB1SDA
P8.1 16 45 P4.0/PM_UCB1STE/PM_UCA1CLK
P8.2 17 44 P3.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT
DVCC1 18 43 P3.6/TB0.6
DVSS1 19 42 P3.5/TB0.5
VCORE 20 41 P3.4/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
P1.2/TA0.1

P2.1/TA1.2
P1.3/TA0.2

P1.6/TA1CLK/CBOUT
P1.1/TA0.0

P1.7/TA1.0
P1.4/TA0.3
P1.5/TA0.4

P2.0/TA1.1

P2.3/TA2.0

P2.5/TA2.2

P3.2/UCB0CLK/UCA0STE
P2.2/TA2CLK/SMCLK

P2.6/RTCCLK/DMAE0

P3.3/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO
P3.1/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK

P2.4/TA2.1

P2.7/UCB0STE/UCA0CLK
P3.0/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA

Figure 4-3. Pin Designation – MSP430F5519IPN, MSP430F5517IPN, MSP430F5515IPN (Top View)

10 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Figure 4-4 shows the pinout for the MSP430F5514 and MSP430F5513 devices in the RGC package.

RST/NMI/SBWTDIO

TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK

P5.3/XT2OUT
P5.2/XT2IN
PJ.2/TMS

PJ.0/TDO
PJ.3/TCK

PU.1/DM

PU.0/DP
AVSS2

VSSU
VUSB
VBUS

PUR
V18
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
P6.0/CB0 1 48 P4.7/PM_NONE
P6.1/CB1 2 47 P4.6/PM_NONE
P6.2/CB2 3 46 P4.5/PM_UCA1RXD/PM_UCA1SOMI
P6.3/CB3 4 45 P4.4/PM_UCA1TXD/PM_UCA1SIMO
P6.4/CB4 5 44 P4.3/PM_UCB1CLK/PM_UCA1STE
P6.5/CB5 6 43 P4.2/PM_UCB1SOMI/PM_UCB1SCL
P6.6/CB6 7 42 P4.1/PM_UCB1SIMO/PM_UCB1SDA
P6.7/CB7 8 MSP430F5514 41 P4.0/PM_UCB1STE/PM_UCA1CLK
P5.0 9 MSP430F5513 40 DVCC2
P5.1 10 39 DVSS2
AVCC1 11 38 P3.4/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI
P5.4/XIN 12 37 P3.3/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO
P5.5/XOUT 13 36 P3.2/UCB0CLK/UCA0STE
AVSS1 14 35 P3.1/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL
DVCC1 15 34 P3.0/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA
DVSS1 16 33 P2.7/UCB0STE/UCA0CLK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
P1.2/TA0.1

P2.4/TA2.1
P1.3/TA0.2
P1.1/TA0.0

P1.4/TA0.3
VCORE
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK

P1.5/TA0.4

P2.5/TA2.2
P2.1/TA1.2
P1.7/TA1.0

P2.3/TA2.0
P1.6/TA1CLK/CBOUT

P2.6/RTCCLK/DMAE0
P2.0/TA1.1

P2.2/TA2CLK/SMCLK

NOTE: TI recommends connecting the exposed thermal pad to VSS.

Figure 4-4. Pin Designation – MSP430F5514IRGC, MSP430F5513IRGC (Top View)

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Terminal Configuration and Functions 11


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Figure 4-5 shows the pinout for the MSP430F5528, MSP430F5526, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522,
MSP430F5514, and MSP430F5513 devices in the ZQE package.

P6.0 RST/NMI PJ.2 TEST AVSS2 VUSB VBUS PU.1 PU.0


A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9

P6.2 P6.1 PJ.3 P5.3 P5.2 V18 PUR VSSU VSSU


B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9

P6.4 P6.3 PJ.1 PJ.0 Reserved P4.7 P4.6 P4.5


C1 C2 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9

P6.6 P6.5 P6.7 Reserved Reserved Reserved P4.4 P4.3 P4.2


D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9

P5.0 P5.1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved P4.1 P4.0 DVCC2


E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9

P5.4 AVCC1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved DVSS2


F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

P5.5 AVSS1 Reserved P1.3 P1.6 P2.1 P3.4 P3.2 P3.3


G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

DVCC1 P1.0 P1.1 P1.4 P1.7 P2.3 P2.7 P3.0 P3.1


H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9

DVSS1 VCORE P1.2 P1.5 P2.0 P2.2 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6


J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9

Figure 4-5. Pin Designation – MSP430F5528IZQE, MSP430F5526IZQE, MSP430F5524IZQE,


MSP430F5522IZQE, MSP430F5514IZQE, MSP430F5513IZQE (Top View)

12 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Figure 4-6 shows the pinout for the MSP430F5528, MSP430F5526, and MSP430F5524 devices in the
YFF package.

TOP VIEW BALL-SIDE VIEW

H8 H7 H6 H5 H4 H3 H2 H1 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8
P2.7 P3.1 DVSS2 DVCC2 P4.1 P4.4 VSSU PU.0 PU.0 VSSU P4.4 P4.1 DVCC2 DVSS2 P3.1 P2.7

G8 G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8
P3.0 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P4.2 P4.5 PUR PU.1 PU.1 PUR P4.5 P4.2 P3.4 P3.3 P3.2 P3.0

F8 F7 F6 F5 F4 F3 F2 F1 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P4.0 P4.3 P4.6 VBUS VUSB VUSB VBUS P4.6 P4.3 P4.0 P2.6 P2.5 P2.4

E8 E7 E6 E5 E4 E3 E2 E1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8

D P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.0 P4.7 TEST V18 P5.2 D P5.2 V18 TEST P4.7 P2.0 P2.3 P2.2 P2.1

D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8
P1.7 P1.6 P1.5 RST/NMI PJ.1 PJ.0 AVSS2 P5.3 P5.3 AVSS2 PJ.0 PJ.1 RST/NMI P1.5 P1.6 P1.7

C8 C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8
P1.3 P1.4 P1.2 P6.7 P6.3 P6.1 PJ.3 PJ.2 PJ.2 PJ.3 P6.1 P6.3 P6.7 P1.2 P1.4 P1.3

B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
VCORE P1.0 P1.1 P5.1 P5.0 P6.5 P6.4 P6.0 P6.0 P6.4 P6.5 P5.0 P5.1 P1.1 P1.0 VCORE

A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
DVSS1 DVCC1 P5.5 P5.4 AVSS1 AVCC1 P6.6 P6.2 P6.2 P6.6 AVCC1 AVSS1 P5.4 P5.5 DVCC1 DVSS1

E E

Figure 4-6. Pin Designation – MSP430F5528IYFF, MSP430F5526IYFF, MSP430F5524IYFF

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Terminal Configuration and Functions 13


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

4.2 Signal Descriptions


Table 4-1. Terminal Functions
TERMINAL
NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION
NAME
PN RGC YFF ZQE
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.4/CB4/A4 1 5 B2 C1 I/O Comparator_B input CB4
Analog input A4 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.5/CB5/A5 2 6 B3 D2 I/O Comparator_B input CB5
Analog input A5 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.6/CB6/A6 3 7 A2 D1 I/O Comparator_B input CB6
Analog input A6 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.7/CB7/A7 4 8 C5 D3 I/O Comparator_B input CB7
Analog input A7 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P7.0/CB8/A12 5 N/A N/A N/A I/O Comparator_B input CB8 (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
Analog input A12 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P7.1/CB9/A13 6 N/A N/A N/A I/O Comparator_B input CB9 (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
Analog input A13 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P7.2/CB10/A14 7 N/A N/A N/A I/O Comparator_B input CB10 (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
Analog input A14 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P7.3/CB11/A15 8 N/A N/A N/A I/O Comparator_B input CB11 (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
Analog input A15 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
Output of reference voltage to the ADC (not available on F551x devices)
P5.0/A8/VREF+/VeREF+ 9 9 B4 E1 I/O
Input for an external reference voltage to the ADC (not available on F551x devices)
Analog input A8 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
Negative terminal for the ADC reference voltage for both sources, the internal
P5.1/A9/VREF-/VeREF- 10 10 B5 E2 I/O reference voltage, or an external applied reference voltage (not available on F551x
devices)
Analog input A9 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
AVCC1 11 11 A3 F2 Analog power supply
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.4/XIN 12 12 A5 F1 I/O
Input terminal for crystal oscillator XT1
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.5/XOUT 13 13 A6 G1 I/O
Output terminal of crystal oscillator XT1
AVSS1 14 14 A4 G2 Analog ground supply
P8.0 15 N/A N/A N/A I/O General-purpose digital I/O
P8.1 16 N/A N/A N/A I/O General-purpose digital I/O
P8.2 17 N/A N/A N/A I/O General-purpose digital I/O

(1) I = input, O = output, N/A = not available


14 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 4-1. Terminal Functions (continued)


TERMINAL
NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION
NAME
PN RGC YFF ZQE
DVCC1 18 15 A7 H1 Digital power supply
DVSS1 19 16 A8 J1 Digital ground supply
VCORE (2) 20 17 B8 J2 Regulated core power supply output (internal use only, no external current loading)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK 21 18 B7 H2 I/O TA0 clock signal TA0CLK input
ACLK output (divided by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.1/TA0.0 22 19 B6 H3 I/O TA0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 output
BSL transmit output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.2/TA0.1 23 20 C6 J3 I/O TA0 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1 output
BSL receive input
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.3/TA0.2 24 21 C8 G4 I/O
TA0 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.4/TA0.3 25 22 C7 H4 I/O
TA0 CCR3 capture: CCI3A input compare: Out3 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.5/TA0.4 26 23 D6 J4 I/O
TA0 CCR4 capture: CCI4A input, compare: Out4 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.6/TA1CLK/CBOUT 27 24 D7 G5 I/O TA1 clock signal TA1CLK input
Comparator_B output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.7/TA1.0 28 25 D8 H5 I/O
TA1 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P2.0/TA1.1 29 26 E5 J5 I/O
TA1 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P2.1/TA1.2 30 27 E8 G6 I/O
TA1 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P2.2/TA2CLK/SMCLK 31 28 E7 J6 I/O TA2 clock signal TA2CLK input
SMCLK output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P2.3/TA2.0 32 29 E6 H6 I/O
TA2 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P2.4/TA2.1 33 30 F8 J7 I/O
TA2 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P2.5/TA2.2 34 31 F7 J8 I/O
TA2 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2 output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P2.6/RTCCLK/DMAE0 35 32 F6 J9 I/O RTC clock output for calibration
DMA external trigger input
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
Slave transmit enable – USCI_B0 SPI mode
P2.7/UCB0STE/UCA0CLK 36 33 H8 H7 I/O
Clock signal input – USCI_A0 SPI slave mode
Clock signal output – USCI_A0 SPI master mode
General-purpose digital I/O
P3.0/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA 37 34 G8 H8 I/O Slave in, master out – USCI_B0 SPI mode
I2C data – USCI_B0 I2C mode

(2) VCORE is for internal use only. No external current loading is possible. VCORE should only be connected to the recommended
capacitor value, CVCORE.
Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Terminal Configuration and Functions 15
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 4-1. Terminal Functions (continued)


TERMINAL
NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION
NAME
PN RGC YFF ZQE
General-purpose digital I/O
P3.1/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL 38 35 H7 H9 I/O Slave out, master in – USCI_B0 SPI mode
I2C clock – USCI_B0 I2C mode
General-purpose digital I/O
Clock signal input – USCI_B0 SPI slave mode
P3.2/UCB0CLK/UCA0STE 39 36 G7 G8 I/O
Clock signal output – USCI_B0 SPI master mode
Slave transmit enable – USCI_A0 SPI mode
General-purpose digital I/O
P3.3/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO 40 37 G6 G9 I/O Transmit data – USCI_A0 UART mode
Slave in, master out – USCI_A0 SPI mode
General-purpose digital I/O
P3.4/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI 41 38 G5 G7 I/O Receive data – USCI_A0 UART mode
Slave out, master in – USCI_A0 SPI mode
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
P3.5/TB0.5 42 N/A N/A N/A I/O F5513 devices)
TB0 CCR5 capture: CCI5A input, compare: Out5 output
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
P3.6/TB0.6 43 N/A N/A N/A I/O F5513 devices)
TB0 CCR6 capture: CCI6A input, compare: Out6 output
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P3.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT 44 N/A N/A N/A I/O Switch all PWM outputs high impedance input – TB0 (not available on F5528,
F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513 devices)
SVM output (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function

P4.0/PM_UCB1STE/ Default mapping: Slave transmit enable – USCI_B1 SPI mode


45 41 F5 E8 I/O
PM_UCA1CLK Default mapping: Clock signal input – USCI_A1 SPI slave mode
Default mapping: Clock signal output – USCI_A1 SPI master mode
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function
P4.1/PM_UCB1SIMO/
46 42 H4 E7 I/O Default mapping: Slave in, master out – USCI_B1 SPI mode
PM_UCB1SDA
Default mapping: I2C data – USCI_B1 I2C mode
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function
P4.2/PM_UCB1SOMI/
47 43 G4 D9 I/O Default mapping: Slave out, master in – USCI_B1 SPI mode
PM_UCB1SCL
Default mapping: I2C clock – USCI_B1 I2C mode
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function

P4.3/PM_UCB1CLK/ Default mapping: Clock signal input – USCI_B1 SPI slave mode
48 44 F4 D8 I/O
PM_UCA1STE Default mapping: Clock signal output – USCI_B1 SPI master mode
Default mapping: Slave transmit enable – USCI_A1 SPI mode
DVSS2 49 39 H6 F9 Digital ground supply
DVCC2 50 40 H5 E9 Digital power supply
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function
P4.4/PM_UCA1TXD/
51 45 H3 D7 I/O Default mapping: Transmit data – USCI_A1 UART mode
PM_UCA1SIMO
Default mapping: Slave in, master out – USCI_A1 SPI mode
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function
P4.5/PM_UCA1RXD/
52 46 G3 C9 I/O Default mapping: Receive data – USCI_A1 UART mode
PM_UCA1SOMI
Default mapping: Slave out, master in – USCI_A1 SPI mode
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function
P4.6/PM_NONE 53 47 F3 C8 I/O
Default mapping: no secondary function.
General-purpose digital I/O with reconfigurable port mapping secondary function
P4.7/PM_NONE 54 48 E4 C7 I/O
Default mapping: no secondary function.

16 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 4-1. Terminal Functions (continued)


TERMINAL
NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION
NAME
PN RGC YFF ZQE
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P5.6/TB0.0 55 N/A N/A N/A I/O
TB0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 output (not available on F5528,
F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P5.7/TB0.1 56 N/A N/A N/A I/O
TB0 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1 output (not available on F5528,
F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P7.4/TB0.2 57 N/A N/A N/A I/O
TB0 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2 output (not available on F5528,
F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P7.5/TB0.3 58 N/A N/A N/A I/O
TB0 CCR3 capture: CCI3A input, compare: Out3 output (not available on F5528,
F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
P7.6/TB0.4 59 N/A N/A N/A I/O
TB0 CCR4 capture: CCI4A input, compare: Out4 output (not available on F5528,
F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514,
F5513 devices)
TB0 clock signal TBCLK input (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522,
P7.7/TB0CLK/MCLK 60 N/A N/A N/A I/O
F5514, F5513 devices)
MCLK output (not available on F5528, F5526, F5524, F5522, F5514, F5513
devices)
B8,
VSSU 61 49 H2 USB PHY ground supply
B9
General-purpose digital I/O. Controlled by USB control register
PU.0/DP 62 50 H1 A9 I/O
USB data terminal DP
USB pullup resistor pin (open drain). The voltage level at the PUR pin is used to
PUR 63 51 G2 B7 I/O invoke the default USB BSL. Recommended 1-MΩ resistor to ground. See
Section 6.5.1 for more information.
General-purpose digital I/O. Controlled by USB control register
PU.1/DM 64 52 G1 A8 I/O
USB data terminal DM
VBUS 65 53 F2 A7 USB LDO input (connect to USB power source)
VUSB 66 54 F1 A6 USB LDO output
V18 67 55 E2 B6 USB regulated power (internal use only, no external current loading)
AVSS2 68 56 D2 A5 Analog ground supply
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.2/XT2IN 69 57 E1 B5 I/O
Input terminal for crystal oscillator XT2
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.3/XT2OUT 70 58 D1 B4 I/O
Output terminal of crystal oscillator XT2
Test mode pin – Selects four wire JTAG operation
TEST/SBWTCK (3) 71 59 E3 A4 I
Spy-Bi-Wire input clock when Spy-Bi-Wire operation activated
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.0/TDO (4) 72 60 D3 C5 I/O
JTAG test data output port
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK (4) 73 61 D4 C4 I/O JTAG test data input
Test clock input
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.2/TMS (4) 74 62 C1 A3 I/O
JTAG test mode select

(3) See Section 6.5 and Section 6.6 for use with BSL and JTAG functions.
(4) See Section 6.6 for use with JTAG function.
Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Terminal Configuration and Functions 17
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 4-1. Terminal Functions (continued)


TERMINAL
NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION
NAME
PN RGC YFF ZQE
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.3/TCK (4) 75 63 C2 B3 I/O
JTAG test clock
Reset input, active low (5)
(3)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO 76 64 D5 A2 I/O Nonmaskable interrupt input
Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output when Spy-Bi-Wire operation activated
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.0/CB0/A0 77 1 B1 A1 I/O Comparator_B input CB0
Analog input A0 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.1/CB1/A1 78 2 C3 B2 I/O Comparator_B input CB1
Analog input A1 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.2/CB2/A2 79 3 A1 B1 I/O Comparator_B input CB2
Analog input A2 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.3/CB3/A3 80 4 C4 C2 I/O Comparator_B input CB3
Analog input A3 – ADC (not available on F551x devices)
(6)
Reserved N/A N/A N/A Reserved. Connect to ground.
QFN Pad N/A Pad N/A N/A QFN package pad. TI recommends connecting to VSS.

(5) When this pin is configured as reset, the internal pullup resistor is enabled by default.
(6) C6, D4, D5, D6, E3, E4, E5, E6, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, G3 are reserved and should be connected to ground.

18 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5 Specifications

5.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)


over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
MIN MAX UNIT
Voltage applied at VCC to VSS –0.3 4.1 V
(2)
Voltage applied to any pin (excluding VCORE, VBUS, V18) –0.3 VCC + 0.3 V
Diode current at any device pin ±2 mA
Maximum operating junction temperature, TJ 95 °C
Storage temperature, Tstg (3) –55 150 °C
(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating
Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
(2) All voltages referenced to VSS. VCORE is for internal device use only. No external DC loading or voltage should be applied.
(3) Higher temperature may be applied during board soldering according to the current JEDEC J-STD-020 specification with peak reflow
temperatures not higher than classified on the device label on the shipping boxes or reels.

5.2 ESD Ratings


VALUE UNIT
Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001 (1) ±1000
V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge V
Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101 (2) ±250
(1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as
±1000 V may actually have higher performance.
(2) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as ±250 V
may actually have higher performance.

5.3 Recommended Operating Conditions


Typical values are specified at VCC = 3.3 V and TA = 25°C (unless otherwise noted)
MIN NOM MAX UNIT
PMMCOREVx = 0 1.8 3.6
Supply voltage during program execution and flash PMMCOREVx = 0, 1 2.0 3.6
VCC V
programming (AVCC = DVCC1/2 = DVCC) (1) (2) PMMCOREVx = 0, 1, 2 2.2 3.6
PMMCOREVx = 0, 1, 2, 3 2.4 3.6
PMMCOREVx = 0 1.8 3.6
Supply voltage during USB operation, USB PLL disabled, PMMCOREVx = 0, 1 2.0 3.6
USB_EN = 1, UPLLEN = 0 PMMCOREVx = 0, 1, 2 2.2 3.6
VCC, USB V
PMMCOREVx = 0, 1, 2, 3 2.4 3.6
Supply voltage during USB operation, USB PLL enabled (3), PMMCOREVx = 2 2.2 3.6
USB_EN = 1, UPLLEN = 1 PMMCOREVx = 2, 3 2.4 3.6
VSS Supply voltage (AVSS = DVSS1/2 = DVSS) 0 V
TA Operating free-air temperature I version –40 85 °C
TJ Operating junction temperature I version –40 85 °C
CVCORE Recommended capacitor at VCORE (4) 470 nF
CDVCC/
Capacitor ratio of DVCC to VCORE 10 ratio
CVCORE

(1) TI recommends powering AVCC and DVCC from the same source. A maximum difference of 0.3 V between AVCC and DVCC can be
tolerated during power up and operation.
(2) The minimum supply voltage is defined by the supervisor SVS levels when it is enabled. See the Section 5.22 threshold parameters for
the exact values and further details.
(3) USB operation with USB PLL enabled requires PMMCOREVx ≥ 2 for proper operation.
(4) A capacitor tolerance of ±20% or better is required.
Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 19
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Recommended Operating Conditions (continued)


Typical values are specified at VCC = 3.3 V and TA = 25°C (unless otherwise noted)
MIN NOM MAX UNIT
PMMCOREVx = 0,
1.8 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V 0 8.0
(default condition)
PMMCOREVx = 1,
Processor frequency (maximum MCLK frequency) (5) 0 12.0
fSYSTEM 2.0 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V MHz
(see Figure 5-1)
PMMCOREVx = 2,
0 20.0
2.2 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
PMMCOREVx = 3,
0 25.0
2.4 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
fSYSTEM_USB Minimum processor frequency for USB operation 1.5 MHz
USB_wait Wait state cycles during USB operation 16 cycles
(5) Modules may have a different maximum input clock specification. See the specification of the respective module in this data sheet.

25

20
System Frequency - MHz

2 2, 3

12

1 1, 2 1, 2, 3

0 0, 1 0, 1, 2 0, 1, 2, 3

0
1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 3.6

Supply Voltage - V

The numbers within the fields denote the supported PMMCOREVx settings.

Figure 5-1. Maximum System Frequency

20 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.4 Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding External Current
over recommended operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2) (3)

FREQUENCY (fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK)


EXECUTION
PARAMETER VCC PMMCOREVx 1 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 20 MHz 25 MHz UNIT
MEMORY
TYP MAX TYP MAX TYP MAX TYP MAX TYP MAX
0 0.36 0.47 2.32 2.60
1 0.40 2.65 4.0 4.4
IAM, Flash Flash 3.0 V mA
2 0.44 2.90 4.3 7.1 7.7
3 0.46 3.10 4.6 7.6 10.1 11.0
0 0.20 0.24 1.20 1.30
1 0.22 1.35 2.0 2.2
IAM, RAM RAM 3.0 V mA
2 0.24 1.50 2.2 3.7 4.2
3 0.26 1.60 2.4 3.9 5.3 6.2
(1) All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
(2) The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load
capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 12.5 pF.
(3) Characterized with program executing typical data processing. USB disabled (VUSBEN = 0, SLDOEN = 0).
fACLK = 32786 Hz, fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK at specified frequency.
XTS = CPUOFF = SCG0 = SCG1 = OSCOFF= SMCLKOFF = 0.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 21


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.5 Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2)

–40°C 25°C 60°C 85°C


PARAMETER VCC PMMCOREVx UNIT
TYP MAX TYP MAX TYP MAX TYP MAX
2.2 V 0 73 77 85 80 85 97
ILPM0,1MHz Low-power mode 0 (3) (4) µA
3.0 V 3 79 83 92 88 95 105
2.2 V 0 6.5 6.5 12 10 11 17
ILPM2 Low-power mode 2 (5) (4) µA
3.0 V 3 7.0 7.0 13 11 12 18
0 1.60 1.90 2.6 5.6
2.2 V 1 1.65 2.00 2.7 5.9
2 1.75 2.15 2.9 6.1
Low-power mode 3,
ILPM3,XT1LF 0 1.8 2.1 2.9 2.8 5.8 8.3 µA
crystal mode (6) (4)
1 1.9 2.3 2.9 6.1
3.0 V
2 2.0 2.4 3.0 6.3
3 2.0 2.5 3.9 3.1 6.4 9.3
0 1.1 1.4 2.7 1.9 4.9 7.4
Low-power mode 3, 1 1.1 1.4 2.0 5.2
ILPM3,VLO 3.0 V µA
VLO mode (7) (4) 2 1.2 1.5 2.1 5.3
3 1.3 1.6 3.0 2.2 5.4 8.5
0 0.9 1.1 1.5 1.8 4.8 7.3
1 1.1 1.2 2.0 5.1
ILPM4 Low-power mode 4 (8) (4) 3.0 V µA
2 1.2 1.2 2.1 5.2
3 1.3 1.3 1.6 2.2 5.3 8.1
(9)
ILPM4.5 Low-power mode 4.5 3.0 V 0.15 0.18 0.35 0.26 0.5 1.0 µA
(1) All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
(2) The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load
capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 12.5 pF.
(3) Current for watchdog timer clocked by SMCLK included. ACLK = low frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 0, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM0); fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO = 1 MHz
USB disabled (VUSBEN = 0, SLDOEN = 0).
(4) Current for brownout, high-side supervisor (SVSH) normal mode included. Low-side supervisor and monitor disabled (SVSL, SVML).
High-side monitor disabled (SVMH). RAM retention enabled.
(5) Current for watchdog timer and RTC clocked by ACLK included. ACLK = low frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM2); fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz; DCO setting = 1
MHz operation, DCO bias generator enabled.
USB disabled (VUSBEN = 0, SLDOEN = 0)
(6) Current for watchdog timer and RTC clocked by ACLK included. ACLK = low frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3); fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz
USB disabled (VUSBEN = 0, SLDOEN = 0)
(7) Current for watchdog timer and RTC clocked by ACLK included. ACLK = VLO.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3); fACLK = fVLO, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz
USB disabled (VUSBEN = 0, SLDOEN = 0)
(8) CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPM4); fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
USB disabled (VUSBEN = 0, SLDOEN = 0)
(9) Internal regulator disabled. No data retention.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1, PMMREGOFF = 1 (LPM4.5); fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz

22 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.6 Thermal Characteristics


PARAMETER VALUE UNIT
LQFP (PN) 70
Low-K board (JESD51-3) VQFN (RGC) 55
BGA (ZQE) 84
θJA Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air °C/W
LQFP (PN) 45
High-K board (JESD51-7) VQFN (RGC) 25
BGA (ZQE) 46
LQFP (PN) 12
θJC Junction-to-case thermal resistance VQFN (RGC) 12 °C/W
BGA (ZQE) 30
LQFP (PN) 22
θJB Junction-to-board thermal resistance VQFN (RGC) 6 °C/W
BGA (ZQE) 20

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 23


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.7 Schmitt-Trigger Inputs – General-Purpose I/O (1)


(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7)
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3, RST/NMI)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
1.8 V 0.80 1.40
VIT+ Positive-going input threshold voltage V
3V 1.50 2.10
1.8 V 0.45 1.00
VIT– Negative-going input threshold voltage V
3V 0.75 1.65
1.8 V 0.3 0.85
Vhys Input voltage hysteresis (VIT+ – VIT–) V
3V 0.4 1.0
For pullup: VIN = VSS
RPull Pullup and pulldown resistor (2) 20 35 50 kΩ
For pulldown: VIN = VCC
CI Input capacitance VIN = VSS or VCC 5 pF
(1) Same parametrics apply to clock input pin when crystal bypass mode is used on XT1 (XIN) or XT2 (XT2IN).
(2) Also applies to RST pin when pullup or pulldown resistor is enabled.

5.8 Inputs – Ports P1 and P2 (1)


(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
t(int) External interrupt timing (2) External trigger pulse duration to set interrupt flag 2.2 V, 3 V 20 ns
(1) Some devices may contain additional ports with interrupts. See the block diagram and terminal function descriptions.
(2) An external signal sets the interrupt flag every time the minimum interrupt pulse duration t(int) is met. It may be set by trigger signals
shorter than t(int).

5.9 Leakage Current – General-Purpose I/O


(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7)
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3, RST/NMI)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
(1) (2)
Ilkg(Px.x) High-impedance leakage current 1.8 V, 3 V –50 50 nA
(1) The leakage current is measured with VSS or VCC applied to the corresponding pin(s), unless otherwise noted.
(2) The leakage of the digital port pins is measured individually. The port pin is selected for input and the pullup or pulldown resistor is
disabled.

5.10 Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Full Drive Strength)


(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7)
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
I(OHmax) = –3 mA (1) VCC – 0.25 VCC
1.8 V
I(OHmax) = –10 mA (2) VCC – 0.60 VCC
VOH High-level output voltage V
I(OHmax) = –5 mA (1) VCC – 0.25 VCC
3V
I(OHmax) = –15 mA (2) VCC – 0.60 VCC
(1)
I(OLmax) = 3 mA VSS VSS + 0.25
1.8 V
I(OLmax) = 10 mA (2) VSS VSS + 0.60
VOL Low-level output voltage V
I(OLmax) = 5 mA (1) VSS VSS + 0.25
3V
I(OLmax) = 15 mA (2) VSS VSS + 0.60
(1) The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±48 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop
specified.
(2) The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±100 mA to hold the maximum voltage
drop specified.

24 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.11 Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Reduced Drive Strength)


(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7)
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
I(OHmax) = –1 mA (2) VCC – 0.25 VCC
1.8 V
I(OHmax) = –3 mA (3) VCC – 0.60 VCC
VOH High-level output voltage (2)
V
I(OHmax) = –2 mA VCC – 0.25 VCC
3.0 V
I(OHmax) = –6 mA (3) VCC – 0.60 VCC
I(OLmax) = 1 mA (2) VSS VSS + 0.25
1.8 V
I(OLmax) = 3 mA (3) VSS VSS + 0.60
VOL Low-level output voltage V
I(OLmax) = 2 mA (2) VSS VSS + 0.25
3.0 V
I(OLmax) = 6 mA (3) VSS VSS + 0.60
(1) Selecting reduced drive strength may reduce EMI.
(2) The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined, should not exceed ±48 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop
specified.
(3) The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined, should not exceed ±100 mA to hold the maximum voltage
drop specified.

5.12 Output Frequency – General-Purpose I/O


(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.7)
(P5.0 to P5.7, P6.0 to P6.7, P7.0 to P7.7, P8.0 to P8.2, PJ.0 to PJ.3)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT
VCC = 1.8 V,
16
Port output frequency (1) (2)
PMMCOREVx = 0
fPx.y See MHz
(with load) VCC = 3 V,
25
PMMCOREVx = 3
ACLK, VCC = 1.8 V,
16
SMCLK, PMMCOREVx = 0
fPort_CLK Clock output frequency MHz
MCLK, VCC = 3 V,
CL = 20 pF (2) 25
PMMCOREVx = 3
(1) A resistive divider with 2 × R1 between VCC and VSS is used as load. The output is connected to the center tap of the divider. For full
drive strength, R1 = 550 Ω. For reduced drive strength, R1 = 1.6 kΩ. CL = 20 pF is connected to the output to VSS.
(2) The output voltage reaches at least 10% and 90% VCC at the specified toggle frequency.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 25


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.13 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Reduced Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 0)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)

25.0 8.0
VCC = 3.0 V VCC = 1.8 V TA = 25°C

IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA


IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA

Px.y 7.0 Px.y


TA = 25°C
20.0
6.0 TA = 85°C

TA = 85°C
5.0
15.0

4.0

10.0
3.0

2.0
5.0
1.0

0.0 0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-2. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Figure 5-3. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage Output Voltage

0.0 0.0
VCC = 3.0 V VCC = 1.8 V
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA

Px.y Px.y
-1.0
-5.0
-2.0

-3.0
-10.0

-4.0
TA = 85°C
-15.0
TA = 85°C -5.0

-6.0 TA = 25°C
-20.0 TA = 25°C
-7.0

-25.0 -8.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 0.0
2.0
VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-4. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Figure 5-5. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage Output Voltage

26 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.14 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Full Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 1)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)

60.0
TA = 25°C 24
VCC = 3.0 V VCC = 1.8 V

IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA


IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA

55.0
Px.y Px.y TA = 25°C
50.0
TA = 85°C 20
45.0
40.0 TA = 85°C
16
35.0
30.0 12
25.0
20.0 8
15.0
10.0 4

5.0
0.0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-6. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Figure 5-7. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage Output Voltage

0.0 0
VCC = 3.0 V VCC = 1.8 V
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA

-5.0 Px.y
Px.y
-10.0
-4
-15.0
-20.0
-25.0 -8

-30.0
-35.0 -12
-40.0
-45.0 TA = 85°C
TA = 85°C -16
-50.0
-55.0 TA = 25°C
TA = 25°C
-60.0 -20
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-8. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Figure 5-9. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage Output Voltage

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 27


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.15 Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency Mode (1)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0,
0.075
XT1DRIVEx = 1, TA = 25°C
Differential XT1 oscillator
crystal current consumption fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0,
ΔIDVCC.LF 3.0 V 0.170 µA
from lowest drive setting, LF XT1DRIVEx = 2, TA = 25°C
mode
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0,
0.290
XT1DRIVEx = 3, TA = 25°C
XT1 oscillator crystal
fXT1,LF0 XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0 32768 Hz
frequency, LF mode
XT1 oscillator logic-level
fXT1,LF,SW square-wave input frequency, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 1 (2) (3)
10 32.768 50 kHz
LF mode
XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0,
210
Oscillation allowance for fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 6 pF
OALF kΩ
LF crystals (4) XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 1,
300
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 12 pF
XTS = 0, XCAPx = 0 (6) 1
Integrated effective load XTS = 0, XCAPx = 1 5.5
CL,eff pF
capacitance, LF mode (5) XTS = 0, XCAPx = 2 8.5
XTS = 0, XCAPx = 3 12.0
XTS = 0, Measured at ACLK,
Duty cycle, LF mode 30% 70%
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz
Oscillator fault frequency,
fFault,LF XTS = 0 (8) 10 10000 Hz
LF mode (7)
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0,
1000
XT1DRIVEx = 0, TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 6 pF
tSTART,LF Start-up time, LF mode 3.0 V ms
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0,
500
XT1DRIVEx = 3, TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 12 pF
(1) To improve EMI on the XT1 oscillator, the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the trace between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins XIN and XOUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the XIN and XOUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator XIN and XOUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, ensure that it does not induce capacitive or resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
(2) When XT1BYPASS is set, XT1 circuits are automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics defined in
the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this data sheet.
(3) Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded.
(4) Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals. The oscillation allowance is a function of the
XT1DRIVEx settings and the effective load. In general, comparable oscillator allowance can be achieved based on the following
guidelines, but should be evaluated based on the actual crystal selected for the application:
• For XT1DRIVEx = 0, CL,eff ≤ 6 pF.
• For XT1DRIVEx = 1, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 9 pF.
• For XT1DRIVEx = 2, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 10 pF.
• For XT1DRIVEx = 3, CL,eff ≥ 6 pF.
(5) Includes parasitic bond and package capacitance (approximately 2 pF per pin).
Because the PCB adds additional capacitance, TI recommends verifying the correct load by measuring the ACLK frequency. For a
correct setup, the effective load capacitance should always match the specification of the used crystal.
(6) Requires external capacitors at both terminals. Values are specified by crystal manufacturers.
(7) Frequencies below the MIN specification set the fault flag. Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag.
Frequencies between the MIN and MAX specifications might set the flag.
(8) Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.

28 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.16 Crystal Oscillator, XT2


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT


fOSC = 4 MHz, XT2OFF = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0,
200
XT2DRIVEx = 0, TA = 25°C
fOSC = 12 MHz, XT2OFF = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0,
260
XT2 oscillator crystal XT2DRIVEx = 1, TA = 25°C
IDVCC.XT2 3.0 V µA
current consumption fOSC = 20 MHz, XT2OFF = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0,
325
XT2DRIVEx = 2, TA = 25°C
fOSC = 32 MHz, XT2OFF = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0,
450
XT2DRIVEx = 3, TA = 25°C
XT2 oscillator crystal
fXT2,HF0 XT2DRIVEx = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3) 4 8 MHz
frequency, mode 0
XT2 oscillator crystal
fXT2,HF1 XT2DRIVEx = 1, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3) 8 16 MHz
frequency, mode 1
XT2 oscillator crystal
fXT2,HF2 XT2DRIVEx = 2, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3) 16 24 MHz
frequency, mode 2
XT2 oscillator crystal
fXT2,HF3 XT2DRIVEx = 3, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3) 24 32 MHz
frequency, mode 3
XT2 oscillator logic-level
fXT2,HF,SW square-wave input XT2BYPASS = 1 (4) (3)
0.7 32 MHz
frequency, bypass mode
XT2DRIVEx = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0,
450
fXT2,HF0 = 6 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
XT2DRIVEx = 1, XT2BYPASS = 0,
320
Oscillation allowance for fXT2,HF1 = 12 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
OAHF Ω
HF crystals (5) XT2DRIVEx = 2, XT2BYPASS = 0,
200
fXT2,HF2 = 20 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
XT2DRIVEx = 3, XT2BYPASS = 0,
200
fXT2,HF3 = 32 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
fOSC = 6 MHz, XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 0,
0.5
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 15 pF
tSTART,HF Start-up time 3.0 V ms
fOSC = 20 MHz, XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 2,
0.3
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 15 pF
Integrated effective load
CL,eff capacitance, HF 1 pF
mode (6) (1)
Duty cycle Measured at ACLK, fXT2,HF2 = 20 MHz 40% 50% 60%
Oscillator fault (8)
fFault,HF XT2BYPASS = 1 30 300 kHz
frequency (7)
(1) Requires external capacitors at both terminals. Values are specified by crystal manufacturers. In general, an effective load capacitance
of up to 18 pF can be supported.
(2) To improve EMI on the XT2 oscillator the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the traces between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins XT2IN and XT2OUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the XT2IN and XT2OUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator XT2IN and XT2OUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, ensure that it does not induce capacitive or resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
(3) This represents the maximum frequency that can be input to the device externally. Maximum frequency achievable on the device
operation is based on the frequencies present on ACLK, MCLK, and SMCLK cannot be exceed for a given range of operation.
(4) When XT2BYPASS is set, the XT2 circuit is automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics defined
in the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this data sheet.
(5) Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals.
(6) Includes parasitic bond and package capacitance (approximately 2 pF per pin).
Because the PCB adds additional capacitance, TI recommends verifying the correct load by measuring the ACLK frequency. For a
correct setup, the effective load capacitance should always match the specification of the used crystal.
(7) Frequencies below the MIN specification set the fault flag. Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag.
Frequencies between the MIN and MAX specifications might set the flag.
(8) Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 29


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.17 Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator (VLO)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
fVLO VLO frequency Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V 6 9.4 14 kHz
dfVLO/dT VLO frequency temperature drift Measured at ACLK (1) 1.8 V to 3.6 V 0.5 %/°C
dfVLO/dVCC VLO frequency supply voltage drift Measured at ACLK (2) 1.8 V to 3.6 V 4 %/V
Duty cycle Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V 40% 50% 60%
(1) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
(2) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V)

5.18 Internal Reference, Low-Frequency Oscillator (REFO)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
IREFO REFO oscillator current consumption TA = 25°C 1.8 V to 3.6 V 3 µA
REFO frequency calibrated Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V 32768 Hz
fREFO Full temperature range 1.8 V to 3.6 V –3.5% 3.5%
REFO absolute tolerance calibrated
TA = 25°C 3V –1.5% 1.5%
(1)
dfREFO/dT REFO frequency temperature drift Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V 0.01 %/°C
dfREFO/dVCC REFO frequency supply voltage drift Measured at ACLK (2) 1.8 V to 3.6 V 1.0 %/V
Duty cycle Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V 40% 50% 60%
tSTART REFO start-up time 40%/60% duty cycle 1.8 V to 3.6 V 25 µs
(1) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
(2) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V)

30 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.19 DCO Frequency


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
(1)
fDCO(0,0) DCO frequency (0, 0) DCORSELx = 0, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.07 0.20 MHz
fDCO(0,31) DCO frequency (0, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 0, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 0.70 1.70 MHz
fDCO(1,0) DCO frequency (1, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 1, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.15 0.36 MHz
fDCO(1,31) DCO frequency (1, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 1, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 1.47 3.45 MHz
(1)
fDCO(2,0) DCO frequency (2, 0) DCORSELx = 2, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.32 0.75 MHz
fDCO(2,31) DCO frequency (2, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 2, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 3.17 7.38 MHz
fDCO(3,0) DCO frequency (3, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 3, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.64 1.51 MHz
(1)
fDCO(3,31) DCO frequency (3, 31) DCORSELx = 3, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 6.07 14.0 MHz
fDCO(4,0) DCO frequency (4, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 4, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 1.3 3.2 MHz
fDCO(4,31) DCO frequency (4, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 4, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 12.3 28.2 MHz
(1)
fDCO(5,0) DCO frequency (5, 0) DCORSELx = 5, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 2.5 6.0 MHz
fDCO(5,31) DCO frequency (5, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 5, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 23.7 54.1 MHz
fDCO(6,0) DCO frequency (6, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 6, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 4.6 10.7 MHz
fDCO(6,31) DCO frequency (6, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 6, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 39.0 88.0 MHz
(1)
fDCO(7,0) DCO frequency (7, 0) DCORSELx = 7, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 8.5 19.6 MHz
fDCO(7,31) DCO frequency (7, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 7, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 60 135 MHz
Frequency step between range
SDCORSEL SRSEL = fDCO(DCORSEL+1,DCO)/fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO) 1.2 2.3 ratio
DCORSEL and DCORSEL + 1
Frequency step between tap
SDCO SDCO = fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO+1)/fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO) 1.02 1.12 ratio
DCO and DCO + 1
Duty cycle Measured at SMCLK 40% 50% 60%
DCO frequency temperature
dfDCO/dT fDCO = 1 MHz 0.1 %/°C
drift (2)
(3)
dfDCO/dVCC DCO frequency voltage drift fDCO = 1 MHz 1.9 %/V
(1) When selecting the proper DCO frequency range (DCORSELx), the target DCO frequency, fDCO, should be set to reside within the
range of fDCO(n, 0),MAX ≤ fDCO ≤ fDCO(n, 31),MIN, where fDCO(n, 0),MAX represents the maximum frequency specified for the DCO frequency,
range n, tap 0 (DCOx = 0) and fDCO(n,31),MIN represents the minimum frequency specified for the DCO frequency, range n, tap 31
(DCOx = 31). This ensures that the target DCO frequency resides within the range selected. It should also be noted that if the actual
fDCO frequency for the selected range causes the FLL or the application to select tap 0 or 31, the DCO fault flag is set to report that the
selected range is at its minimum or maximum tap setting.
(2) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
(3) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V)

Typical DCO Frequency, VCC = 3.0 V, TA = 25°C


100

10
fDCO – MHz

DCOx = 31
1

DCOx = 0
0.1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DCORSEL

Figure 5-10. Typical DCO Frequency

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 31


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.20 PMM, Brown-Out Reset (BOR)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
V(DVCC_BOR_IT–) BORH on voltage, DVCC falling level | dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s 1.45 V
V(DVCC_BOR_IT+) BORH off voltage, DVCC rising level | dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s 0.80 1.30 1.50 V
V(DVCC_BOR_hys) BORH hysteresis 60 250 mV
Pulse duration required at RST/NMI pin
tRESET 2 µs
to accept a reset

5.21 PMM, Core Voltage


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
VCORE3(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 3 2.4 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.90 V
VCORE2(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 2 2.2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.80 V
VCORE1(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 1 2.0 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.60 V
VCORE0(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 0 1.8 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.40 V
Core voltage, low-current mode,
VCORE3(LPM) 2.4 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.94 V
PMMCOREV = 3
Core voltage, low-current mode,
VCORE2(LPM) 2.2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.84 V
PMMCOREV = 2
Core voltage, low-current mode,
VCORE1(LPM) 2.0 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.64 V
PMMCOREV = 1
Core voltage, low-current mode,
VCORE0(LPM) 1.8 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.44 V
PMMCOREV = 0

5.22 PMM, SVS High Side


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
SVSHE = 0, DVCC = 3.6 V 0 nA
I(SVSH) SVS current consumption SVSHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVSHFP = 0 200 nA
SVSHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVSHFP = 1 1.5 µA
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 0 1.57 1.68 1.78
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 1 1.79 1.88 1.98
V(SVSH_IT–) SVSH on voltage level (1) V
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 2 1.98 2.08 2.21
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 3 2.10 2.18 2.31
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 0 1.62 1.74 1.85
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 1 1.88 1.94 2.07
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 2 2.07 2.14 2.28
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 3 2.20 2.30 2.42
V(SVSH_IT+) SVSH off voltage level (1) V
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 4 2.32 2.40 2.55
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 5 2.52 2.70 2.88
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 6 2.90 3.10 3.23
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 7 2.90 3.10 3.23
SVSHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 1 2.5
tpd(SVSH) SVSH propagation delay µs
SVSHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 0 20
SVSHE = 0 → 1, SVSHFP = 1 12.5
t(SVSH) SVSH on or off delay time µs
SVSHE = 0 → 1, SVSHFP = 0 100
dVDVCC/dt DVCC rise time 0 1000 V/s
(1) The SVSH settings available depend on the VCORE (PMMCOREVx) setting. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage
Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208) on recommended settings and use.

32 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.23 PMM, SVM High Side


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
SVMHE = 0, DVCC = 3.6 V 0 nA
I(SVMH) SVMH current consumption SVMHE= 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVMHFP = 0 200 nA
SVMHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVMHFP = 1 1.5 µA
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 0 1.62 1.74 1.85
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 1 1.88 1.94 2.07
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 2 2.07 2.14 2.28
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 3 2.20 2.30 2.42
(1)
V(SVMH) SVMH on or off voltage level SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 4 2.32 2.40 2.55 V
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 5 2.52 2.70 2.88
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 6 2.90 3.10 3.23
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 7 2.90 3.10 3.23
SVMHE = 1, SVMHOVPE = 1 3.75
SVMHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 1 2.5
tpd(SVMH) SVMH propagation delay µs
SVMHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 0 20
SVMHE = 0 → 1, SVMHFP = 1 12.5
t(SVMH) SVMH on or off delay time µs
SVMHE = 0 → 1, SVMHFP = 0 100
(1) The SVMH settings available depend on the VCORE (PMMCOREVx) setting. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage
Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208) on recommended settings and use.

5.24 PMM, SVS Low Side


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
SVSLE = 0, PMMCOREV = 2 0 nA
I(SVSL) SVSL current consumption SVSLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVSLFP = 0 200 nA
SVSLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVSLFP = 1 1.5 µA
SVSLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 1 2.5
tpd(SVSL) SVSL propagation delay µs
SVSLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 0 20
SVSLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 1 12.5
t(SVSL) SVSL on or off delay time µs
SVSLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 0 100

5.25 PMM, SVM Low Side


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
SVMLE = 0, PMMCOREV = 2 0 nA
I(SVML) SVML current consumption SVMLE= 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVMLFP = 0 200 nA
SVMLE= 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVMLFP = 1 1.5 µA
SVMLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 1 2.5
tpd(SVML) SVML propagation delay µs
SVMLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 0 20
SVMLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 1 12.5
t(SVML) SVML on or off delay time µs
SVMLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 0 100

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 33


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.26 Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes and Reset


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT
Wake-up time from LPM2, PMMCOREV = SVSMLRRL = n fMCLK ≥ 4.0 MHz 3.5 7.5
tWAKE-UP-FAST LPM3, or LPM4 to active (where n = 0, 1, 2, or 3), 1.0 MHz < fMCLK µs
mode (1) SVSLFP = 1 4.5 9
< 4.0 MHz
Wake-up time from LPM2,
PMMCOREV = SVSMLRRL = n
tWAKE-UP-SLOW LPM3 or LPM4 to active 150 165 µs
(where n = 0, 1, 2, or 3), SVSLFP = 0
mode (2)
Wake-up time from LPM4.5 to
tWAKE-UP-LPM5 2 3 ms
active mode (3)
Wake-up time from RST or
tWAKE-UP-RESET 2 3 ms
BOR event to active mode (3)
(1) This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the first active edge of MCLK. The wake-up time depends on the performance
mode of the low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML). Fastest wake-up times are possible with SVSLand SVML in full-
performance mode or disabled when operating in AM, LPM0, and LPM1. Various options are available for SVSLand SVML while
operating in LPM2, LPM3, and LPM4. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx
and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208).
(2) This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the first active edge of MCLK. The wake-up time depends on the performance
mode of the low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML). In this case, the SVSLand SVML are in normal mode (low current)
mode when operating in AM, LPM0, and LPM1. Various options are available for SVSLand SVML while operating in LPM2, LPM3, and
LPM4. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's
Guide (SLAU208).
(3) This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the reset vector execution.

5.27 Timer_A
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK,
fTA Timer_A input clock frequency External: TACLK, 1.8 V, 3 V 25 MHz
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
All capture inputs, minimum pulse
tTA,cap Timer_A capture timing 1.8 V, 3 V 20 ns
duration required for capture

5.28 Timer_B
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK,
fTB Timer_B input clock frequency External: TBCLK, 1.8 V, 3 V 25 MHz
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
All capture inputs, minimum pulse
tTB,cap Timer_B capture timing 1.8 V, 3 V 20 ns
duration required for capture

34 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.29 USCI (UART Mode) Clock Frequency


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK,
fUSCI USCI input clock frequency External: UCLK, fSYSTEM MHz
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
BITCLK clock frequency
fBITCLK 1 MHz
(equals baud rate in MBaud)

5.30 USCI (UART Mode)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
2.2 V 50 600
tt UART receive deglitch time (1) ns
3V 50 600
(1) Pulses on the UART receive input (UCxRX) shorter than the UART receive deglitch time are suppressed. To ensure that pulses are
correctly recognized, their duration should exceed the maximum specification of the deglitch time.

5.31 USCI (SPI Master Mode) Clock Frequency


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK,
fUSCI USCI input clock frequency fSYSTEM MHz
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%

5.32 USCI (SPI Master Mode)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(see Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
SMCLK, ACLK,
fUSCI USCI input clock frequency fSYSTEM MHz
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
1.8 V 55
PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V 38
tSU,MI SOMI input data setup time ns
2.4 V 30
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 25
1.8 V 0
PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V 0
tHD,MI SOMI input data hold time ns
2.4 V 0
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 0
UCLK edge to SIMO valid, 1.8 V 20
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 0 3.0 V 18
tVALID,MO SIMO output data valid time (2) ns
UCLK edge to SIMO valid, 2.4 V 16
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 3 3.0 V 15
1.8 V –10
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V –8
tHD,MO SIMO output data hold time (3) ns
2.4 V –10
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V –8
(1) fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(USCI) + tSU,SI(Slave), tSU,MI(USCI) + tVALID,SO(Slave)).
For the slave parameters tSU,SI(Slave) and tVALID,SO(Slave), see the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
(2) Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SIMO output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams
in Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12.
(3) Specifies how long data on the SIMO output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Negative values indicate that the data
on the SIMO output can become invalid before the output changing clock edge observed on UCLK. See the timing diagrams in Figure 5-
11 and Figure 5-12.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 35


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

1/fUCxCLK

CKPL = 0

UCLK
CKPL = 1

tLO/HI tLO/HI
tSU,MI
tHD,MI

SOMI

tHD,MO
tVALID,MO

SIMO

Figure 5-11. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 0

1/fUCxCLK

CKPL = 0

UCLK
CKPL = 1

tLO/HI tLO/HI
tHD,MI
tSU,MI

SOMI

tHD,MO
tVALID,MO

SIMO

Figure 5-12. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 1

36 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.33 USCI (SPI Slave Mode)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(see Figure 5-13 and Figure 5-14)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
1.8 V 11
PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V 8
tSTE,LEAD STE lead time, STE low to clock ns
2.4 V 7
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 6
1.8 V 3
PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V 3
tSTE,LAG STE lag time, Last clock to STE high ns
2.4 V 3
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 3
1.8 V 66
PMMCOREV = 0
STE access time, STE low to SOMI data 3.0 V 50
tSTE,ACC ns
out 2.4 V 36
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 30
1.8 V 30
PMMCOREV = 0
STE disable time, STE high to SOMI high 3.0 V 23
tSTE,DIS ns
impedance 2.4 V 16
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 13
1.8 V 5
PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V 5
tSU,SI SIMO input data setup time ns
2.4 V 2
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 2
1.8 V 5
PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V 5
tHD,SI SIMO input data hold time ns
2.4 V 5
PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 5
UCLK edge to SOMI valid, 1.8 V 76
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 0 3.0 V 60
tVALID,SO SOMI output data valid time (2) ns
UCLK edge to SOMI valid, 2.4 V 44
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 3 3.0 V 40
1.8 V 18
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 0
3.0 V 12
tHD,SO SOMI output data hold time (3) ns
2.4 V 10
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 3
3.0 V 8
(1) fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(Master) + tSU,SI(USCI), tSU,MI(Master) + tVALID,SO(USCI)).
For the master parameters tSU,MI(Master) and tVALID,MO(Master), see the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
(2) Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SOMI output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams
in Figure 5-13 and Figure 5-14.
(3) Specifies how long data on the SOMI output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams in Figure 5-13
and Figure 5-14.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 37


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

tSTE,LEAD tSTE,LAG

STE

1/fUCxCLK

CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1

tLO/HI tLO/HI tSU,SI


tHD,SI

SIMO

tHD,SO
tSTE,ACC tVALID,SO tSTE,DIS

SOMI

Figure 5-13. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 0

tSTE,LEAD tSTE,LAG

STE

1/fUCxCLK

CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1

tLO/HI tLO/HI
tHD,SI
tSU,SI
SIMO

tHD,MO
tSTE,ACC tVALID,SO tSTE,DIS

SOMI

Figure 5-14. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 1

38 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.34 USCI (I2C Mode)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Figure 5-15)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN MAX UNIT
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
fUSCI USCI input clock frequency External: UCLK fSYSTEM MHz
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
fSCL SCL clock frequency 2.2 V, 3 V 0 400 kHz
fSCL ≤ 100 kHz 4.0
tHD,STA Hold time (repeated) START 2.2 V, 3 V µs
fSCL > 100 kHz 0.6
fSCL ≤ 100 kHz 4.7
tSU,STA Setup time for a repeated START 2.2 V, 3 V µs
fSCL > 100 kHz 0.6
tHD,DAT Data hold time 2.2 V, 3 V 0 ns
tSU,DAT Data setup time 2.2 V, 3 V 250 ns
fSCL ≤ 100 kHz 4.0
tSU,STO Setup time for STOP 2.2 V, 3 V µs
fSCL > 100 kHz 0.6
Pulse duration of spikes suppressed by input 2.2 V 50 600
tSP ns
filter 3V 50 600

tHD,STA tSU,STA tHD,STA tBUF

SDA

tLOW tHIGH tSP


SCL

tSU,DAT tSU,STO
tHD,DAT

Figure 5-15. I2C Mode Timing

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 39


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.35 12-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range Conditions


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
AVCC and DVCC are connected together,
AVCC Analog supply voltage AVSS and DVSS are connected together, 2.2 3.6 V
V(AVSS) = V(DVSS) = 0 V
V(Ax) Analog input voltage range (2) All ADC12 analog input pins Ax 0 AVCC V
Operating supply current into 2.2 V 125 155
IADC12_A fADC12CLK = 5.0 MHz (4) µA
AVCC terminal (3) 3V 150 220
Only one terminal Ax can be selected at one
CI Input capacitance 2.2 V 20 25 pF
time
RI Input MUX ON resistance 0 V ≤ VAx ≤ AVCC 10 200 1900 Ω
(1) The leakage current is specified by the digital I/O input leakage.
(2) The analog input voltage range must be within the selected reference voltage range VR+ to VR– for valid conversion results. If the
reference voltage is supplied by an external source or if the internal reference voltage is used and REFOUT = 1, then decoupling
capacitors are required. See Section 5.40 and Section 5.41.
(3) The internal reference supply current is not included in current consumption parameter IADC12_A.
(4) ADC12ON = 1, REFON = 0, SHT0 = 0, SHT1 = 0, ADC12DIV = 0

5.36 12-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
For specified performance of ADC12 linearity
parameters using an external reference voltage or 0.45 4.8 5.0
AVCC as reference (1)
fADC12CLK ADC conversion clock For specified performance of ADC12 linearity 2.2 V, 3 V MHz
0.45 2.4 4.0
parameters using the internal reference (2)
For specified performance of ADC12 linearity
0.45 2.4 2.7
parameters using the internal reference (3)
Internal ADC12
fADC12OSC ADC12DIV = 0, fADC12CLK = fADC12OSC 2.2 V, 3 V 4.2 4.8 5.4 MHz
oscillator (4)
REFON = 0, internal oscillator,
2.2 V, 3 V 2.4 3.1
ADC12OSC used for ADC conversion clock
tCONVERT Conversion time µs
External fADC12CLK from ACLK, MCLK, or SMCLK, (5)
ADC12SSEL ≠ 0
RS = 400 Ω, RI = 1000 Ω, CI = 20 pF,
tSample Sampling time 2.2 V, 3 V 1000 ns
t = [RS + RI] × CI (6)
(1) REFOUT = 0, external reference voltage: SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0. AVCC as reference voltage: SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 0,
SREF0 = 0. The specified performance of the ADC12 linearity is ensured when using the ADC12OSC. For other clock sources, the
specified performance of the ADC12 linearity is ensured with fADC12CLK maximum of 5.0 MHz.
(2) SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0, ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
(3) SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0, ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0. The specified performance of the ADC12 linearity is ensured when
using the ADC12OSC divided by 2.
(4) The ADC12OSC is sourced directly from MODOSC inside the UCS.
(5) 13 × ADC12DIV × 1/fADC12CLK
(6) Approximately 10 Tau (t) are needed to get an error of less than ±0.5 LSB:
tSample = ln(2n+1) x (RS + RI) × CI + 800 ns, where n = ADC resolution = 12, RS = external source resistance

40 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.37 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using an External Reference Voltage or AVCC as
Reference Voltage
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
1.4 V ≤ dVREF ≤ 1.6 V (2) ±2.0
EI Integral linearity error (1) 2.2 V, 3 V LSB
1.6 V < dVREF (2) ±1.7
ED Differential linearity error (1) (2)
2.2 V, 3 V ±1.0 LSB
dVREF ≤ 2.2 V (2) 2.2 V, 3 V ±1.0 ±2.0
EO Offset error (3) LSB
dVREF > 2.2 V (2) 2.2 V, 3 V ±1.0 ±2.0
EG Gain error (3) (2)
2.2 V, 3 V ±1.0 ±2.0 LSB
dVREF ≤ 2.2 V (2) 2.2 V, 3 V ±1.4 ±3.5
ET Total unadjusted error LSB
dVREF > 2.2 V (2) 2.2 V, 3 V ±1.4 ±3.5
(1) Parameters are derived using the histogram method.
(2) The external reference voltage is selected by: SREF2 = 0 or 1, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0. dVREF = VR+ – VR-, VR+ < AVCC, VR- > AVSS.
Unless otherwise mentioned, dVREF > 1.5 V. Impedance of the external reference voltage R < 100 Ω, and two decoupling capacitors,
10 µF and 100 nF, should be connected to VREF+ and VREF- to decouple the dynamic current. Also see the MSP430x5xx and
MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208).
(3) Parameters are derived using a best fit curve.

5.38 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using the Internal Reference Voltage
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS (1) VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
Integral linearity ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1 fADC12CLK = 4.0 MHz ±1.7
EI 2.2 V, 3 V LSB
error (2) ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0 fADC12CLK = 2.7 MHz ±2.5
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1 fADC12CLK = 4.0 MHz –1.0 +2.0
Differential
ED ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1 fADC12CLK = 2.7 MHz 2.2 V, 3 V –1.0 +1.5 LSB
linearity error (2)
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0 fADC12CLK = 2.7 MHz –1.0 +2.5
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1 fADC12CLK = 4.0 MHz ±1.0 ±2.0
EO Offset error (3) 2.2 V, 3 V LSB
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0 fADC12CLK = 2.7 MHz ±1.0 ±2.0
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1 fADC12CLK = 4.0 MHz ±1.0 ±2.0 LSB
EG Gain error (3) 2.2 V, 3 V (4)
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0 fADC12CLK = 2.7 MHz ±1.5% VREF
Total unadjusted ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1 fADC12CLK = 4.0 MHz ±1.4 ±3.5 LSB
ET 2.2 V, 3 V
error ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0 fADC12CLK = 2.7 MHz ±1.5% (4) VREF
(1) The internal reference voltage is selected by: SREF2 = 0 or 1, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 1. dVREF = VR+ – VR-.
(2) Parameters are derived using the histogram method.
(3) Parameters are derived using a best fit curve.
(4) The gain error and total unadjusted error are dominated by the accuracy of the integrated reference module absolute accuracy. In this
mode the reference voltage used by the ADC12_A is not available on a pin.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 41


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.39 12-Bit ADC, Temperature Sensor and Built-In VMID (1)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT

(2) ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah, 2.2 V 680


VSENSOR See mV
TA = 0°C 3V 680
2.2 V 2.25
TCSENSOR ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah mV/°C
3V 2.25
Sample time required if ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah, 2.2 V 100
tSENSOR(sample) µs
channel 10 is selected (3) Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB 3V 100
AVCC divider at channel 11,
ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh 0.48 0.5 0.52 VAVCC
VAVCC factor
VMID
2.2 V 1.06 1.1 1.14
AVCC divider at channel 11 ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh V
3V 1.44 1.5 1.56
Sample time required if ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh,
tVMID(sample) 2.2 V, 3 V 1000 ns
channel 11 is selected (4) Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB
(1) The temperature sensor is provided by the REF module. See the REF module parametric, IREF+, regarding the current consumption of
the temperature sensor.
(2) The temperature sensor offset can be significant. TI recommends a single-point calibration to minimize the offset error of the built-in
temperature sensor. The TLV structure contains calibration values for 30°C ± 3°C and 85°C ± 3°C for each of the available reference
voltage levels. The sensor voltage can be computed as VSENSE = TCSENSOR × (Temperature,°C) + VSENSOR, where TCSENSOR and
VSENSOR can be computed from the calibration values for higher accuracy. See also the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's
Guide (SLAU208).
(3) The typical equivalent impedance of the sensor is 51 kΩ. The sample time required includes the sensor-on time tSENSOR(on).
(4) The on-time tVMID(on) is included in the sampling time tVMID(sample); no additional on time is needed.

1000
Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage (mV)

950

900

850

800

750

700

650

600

550

500
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Ambient Temperature (°C)

Figure 5-16. Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage

42 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.40 REF, External Reference


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
Positive external reference (2)
VeREF+ VeREF+ > VREF– and VeREF– 1.4 AVCC V
voltage input
Negative external reference (3)
VREF–, VeREF– VeREF+ > VREF– and VeREF– 0 1.2 V
voltage input
(VeREF+ – Differential external reference (4)
VeREF+ > VREF– and VeREF– 1.4 AVCC V
VREF- or VeREF-) voltage input
1.4 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC,
VeREF– = 0 V, fADC12CLK = 5 MHz,
2.2 V, 3 V –26 26 µA
ADC12SHTx = 1h,
IVeREF+, IVREF-, Conversion rate 200 ksps
Static input current
VeREF- 1.4 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC,
VeREF– = 0 V, fADC12CLK = 5 MHz,
2.2 V, 3 V –1 1 µA
ADC12SHTx = 8h,
Conversion rate 20 ksps
Capacitance at VVREF+, VVREF- (5)
CVREF+, CVREF- 10 µF
terminal
(1) The external reference is used during ADC conversion to charge and discharge the capacitance array. The input capacitance (Ci) is also
the dynamic load for an external reference during conversion. The dynamic impedance of the reference supply should follow the
recommendations on analog-source impedance to allow the charge to settle for 12-bit accuracy.
(2) The accuracy limits the minimum positive external reference voltage. Lower reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced
accuracy requirements.
(3) The accuracy limits the maximum negative external reference voltage. Higher reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced
accuracy requirements.
(4) The accuracy limits minimum external differential reference voltage. Lower differential reference voltage levels may be applied with
reduced accuracy requirements.
(5) Two decoupling capacitors, 10 µF and 100 nF, should be connected to VREF to decouple the dynamic current required for an external
reference source if it is used for the ADC12_A. See also the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208).

5.41 REF, Built-In Reference


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V,
3V 2.4625 2.50 2.5375
REFON = REFOUT = 1, IVREF+ = 0 A
Positive built-in reference REFVSEL = {1} for 2.0 V,
VREF+ 3V 1.9503 1.98 2.0097 V
voltage output REFON = REFOUT = 1, IVREF+ = 0 A
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V,
2.2 V, 3 V 1.4677 1.49 1.5124
REFON = REFOUT = 1, IVREF+ = 0 A
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V 2.2
AVCC minimum voltage,
AVCC(min) Positive built-in reference REFVSEL = {1} for 2.0 V 2.3 V
active
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V 2.8
ADC12SR = 1 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 0,
3V 70 100 µA
REFBURST = 0
ADC12SR = 1 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 1,
3V 0.45 0.75 mA
Operating supply current into REFBURST = 0
IREF+
AVCC terminal (2) (3) ADC12SR = 0 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 0,
3V 210 310 µA
REFBURST = 0
ADC12SR = 0 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 1,
3V 0.95 1.7 mA
REFBURST = 0

(1) The reference is supplied to the ADC by the REF module and is buffered locally inside the ADC. The ADC uses two internal buffers, one
smaller and one larger for driving the VREF+ terminal. When REFOUT = 1, the reference is available at the VREF+ terminal, as well as,
used as the reference for the conversion and uses the larger buffer. When REFOUT = 0, the reference is only used as the reference for
the conversion and uses the smaller buffer.
(2) The internal reference current is supplied by terminal AVCC. Consumption is independent of the ADC12ON control bit, unless a
conversion is active. REFOUT = 0 represents the current contribution of the smaller buffer. REFOUT = 1 represents the current
contribution of the larger buffer without external load.
(3) The temperature sensor is provided by the REF module. Its current is supplied via terminal AVCC and is equivalent to IREF+ with
REFON =1 and REFOUT = 0.
(4) For devices without the ADC12, the parametrics with ADC12SR = 0 are applicable.
Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 43
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

REF, Built-In Reference (continued)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)(1)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2),
Load-current regulation, IVREF+ = +10 µA, –1000 µA,
IL(VREF+) 2500 µV/mA
VREF+ terminal (5) AVCC = AVCC (min) for each reference level,
REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2), REFON = REFOUT = 1
Capacitance at VREF+
CVREF+ REFON = REFOUT = 1 20 100 pF
terminal
IVREF+ = 0 A,
Temperature coefficient of ppm/
TCREF+ REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2), REFON = 1, 30 50
built-in reference (6) °C
REFOUT = 0 or 1
AVCC = AVCC (min) to AVCC(max),
Power supply rejection ratio TA = 25°C,
PSRR_DC 120 300 µV/V
(DC) REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2), REFON = 1,
REFOUT = 0 or 1
AVCC = AVCC (min) to AVCC(max),
TA = 25°C,
Power supply rejection ratio
PSRR_AC f = 1 kHz, ΔVpp = 100 mV, 6.4 mV/V
(AC)
REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2), REFON = 1,
REFOUT = 0 or 1
AVCC = AVCC (min) to AVCC(max),
REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2), REFOUT = 0, 75
REFON = 0 → 1
Settling time of reference
tSETTLE AVCC = AVCC (min) to AVCC(max), µs
voltage (7)
CVREF = CVREF(max),
75
REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2), REFOUT = 1,
REFON = 0 → 1
(5) Contribution only due to the reference and buffer including package. This does not include resistance due to PCB trace.
(6) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C)/(85°C – (–40°C)).
(7) The condition is that the error in a conversion started after tREFON is less than ±0.5 LSB. The settling time depends on the external
capacitive load when REFOUT = 1.

44 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.42 Comparator_B
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
VCC Supply voltage 1.8 3.6 V
1.8 V 40
CBPWRMD = 00 2.2 V 30 50
Comparator operating supply
IAVCC_COMP current into AVCC, excludes 3.0 V 40 65 µA
reference resistor ladder
CBPWRMD = 01 2.2 V, 3 V 10 30
CBPWRMD = 10 2.2 V, 3 V 0.1 0.5
Quiescent current of local
CBREFACC = 1,
IAVCC_REF reference voltage amplifier into 22 µA
CBREFLx = 01
AVCC
VIC Common mode input range 0 VCC – 1 V
CBPWRMD = 00 –20 20
VOFFSET Input offset voltage mV
CBPWRMD = 01, 10 –10 10
CIN Input capacitance 5 pF
ON (switch closed) 3 4 kΩ
RSIN Series input resistance
OFF (switch open) 30 MΩ
CBPWRMD = 00, CBF = 0 450
Propagation delay, response ns
tPD CBPWRMD = 01, CBF = 0 600
time
CBPWRMD = 10, CBF = 0 50 µs
CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1,
0.35 0.6 1.0
CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 00
CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1,
0.6 1.0 1.8
Propagation delay with filter CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 01
tPD,filter µs
active CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1,
1.0 1.8 3.4
CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 10
CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1,
1.8 3.4 6.5
CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 11
Comparator enable time, CBON = 0 to CBON = 1,
tEN_CMP 1 2 µs
settling time CBPWRMD = 00, 01, 10
tEN_REF Resistor reference enable time CBON = 0 to CBON = 1 1 1.5 µs
VIN × VIN × VIN ×
Reference voltage for a given VIN = reference into resistor
VCB_REF (n+0.5) (n+1) (n+1.5) V
tap ladder (n = 0 to 31)
/ 32 / 32 / 32

5.43 Ports PU.0 and PU.1


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT
VUSB = 3.3 V ± 10%, IOH = –25 mA,
VOH High-level output voltage 2.4 V
See Figure 5-18 for typical characteristics
VUSB = 3.3 V ± 10%, IOL = 25 mA,
VOL Low-level output voltage 0.4 V
See Figure 5-17 for typical characteristics
VUSB = 3.3 V ± 10%,
VIH High-level input voltage 2.0 V
See Figure 5-19 for typical characteristics
VUSB = 3.3 V ± 10%,
VIL Low-level input voltage 0.8 V
See Figure 5-19 for typical characteristics

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 45


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

TYPICAL LOW-LEVEL OUTPUT CURRENT


vs
LOW-LEVEL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
90
VCC = 3.0 V VCC = 3.0 V
80 TA = 25 ºC TA = 85 ºC

IOL - Typical Low-Level Output Current - mA


70 VCC = 1.8 V
TA = 25 ºC

60

50

40 VCC = 1.8 V
TA = 85 ºC

30

20

10

0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2
VOL - Low-Level Output Voltage - V

Figure 5-17. Ports PU.0, PU.1 Typical Low-Level Output Characteristics

TYPICAL HIGH-LEVEL OUTPUT CURRENT


vs
HIGH-LEVEL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
0

-10
IOH - Typical High-Level Output Current - mA

-20

-30
VCC = 1.8 V
-40 TA = 85 ºC

-50

VCC = 3.0 V
-60 TA = 85 ºC
VCC = 1.8 V
-70 TA = 25 ºC VCC = 3.0 V
TA = 25 ºC
-80

-90
0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
VOH - High-Level Output Voltage - V

Figure 5-18. Ports PU.0, PU.1 Typical High-Level Output Characteristics

TYPICAL PU.0, PU.1 INPUT THRESHOLD

2.0
T A = 25 °C, 85 °C
1.8

1.6 VIT+ , postive-going input threshold

1.4
Input Threshold - V

1.2

VIT- , negative-going input threshold


1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0
1.8 2.2 2.6 3 3.4
VUSB Supply Voltage, V USB - V

Figure 5-19. Ports PU.0, PU.1 Typical Input Threshold Characteristics

46 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.44 USB Output Ports DP and DM


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT
VOH D+, D– single ended USB 2.0 load conditions 2.8 3.6 V
VOL D+, D– single ended USB 2.0 load conditions 0 0.3 V
Z(DRV) D+, D– impedance Including external series resistor of 27 Ω 28 44 Ω
Full speed, differential, CL = 50 pF,
tRISE Rise time 4 20 ns
10%/90%, Rpu on D+
Full speed, differential, CL = 50 pF,
tFALL Fall time 4 20 ns
10%/90%, Rpu on D+

5.45 USB Input Ports DP and DM


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT
V(CM) Differential input common mode range 0.8 2.5 V
Z(IN) Input impedance 300 kΩ
VCRS Crossover voltage 1.3 2.0 V
VIL Static SE input logic low level 0.8 V
VIH Static SE input logic high level 2.0 V
VDI Differential input voltage 0.2 V

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 47


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

5.46 USB-PWR (USB Power System)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
VLAUNCH VBUS detection threshold 3.75 V
VBUS USB bus voltage Normal operation 3.76 5.5 V
VUSB USB LDO output voltage 3.003 3.3 3.597 V
V18 Internal USB voltage (1) 1.8 V
Maximum external current from VUSB
IUSB_EXT USB LDO is on 12 mA
terminal (2)
(3)
IDET USB LDO current overload detection 60 100 mA
USB LDO is on,
ISUSPEND Operating supply current into VBUS terminal (4) 250 µA
USB PLL disabled
USB LDO is on,
Operating supply current into VBUS terminal, USB 1.8-V LDO is disabled,
IUSB_LDO 1.8 V, 3 V 60 µA
represents the current of the 3.3-V LDO only VBUS = 5.0 V,
USBDETEN = 0 or 1
USB LDO is disabled,
Operating supply current into VBUS terminal,
IVBUS_DETE USB 1.8-V LDO is disabled,
represents the current of the VBUS detection 1.8 V, 3 V 30 µA
CT VBUS > VLAUNCH,
logic
USBDETEN = 1
CBUS VBUS terminal recommended capacitance 4.7 µF
CUSB VUSB terminal recommended capacitance 220 nF
C18 V18 terminal recommended capacitance 220 nF
Within 2%,
tENABLE Settling time VUSB and V18 2 ms
recommended capacitances
RPUR Pullup resistance of PUR terminal (5) 70 110 150 Ω
(1) This voltage is for internal uses only. No external DC loading should be applied.
(2) This represents additional current that can be supplied to the application from the VUSB terminal beyond the needs of the USB
operation.
(3) A current overload will be detected when the total current supplied from the USB LDO, including IUSB_EXT, exceeds this value.
(4) Does not include current contribution of Rpu and Rpd as outlined in the USB specification.
(5) This value, in series with an external resistor between PUR and D+, produces the Rpu as outlined in the USB specification.

5.47 USB-PLL (USB Phase Locked Loop)


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT
IPLL Operating supply current 7 mA
fPLL PLL frequency 48 MHz
fUPD PLL reference frequency 1.5 3 MHz
tLOCK PLL lock time 2 ms
tJitter PLL jitter 1000 ps

48 Specifications Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

5.48 Flash Memory


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
TEST
PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT
CONDITIONS
DVCC(PGM,ERASE) Program and erase supply voltage 1.8 3.6 V
IPGM Average supply current from DVCC during program (1) 3 5 mA
IERASE Average supply current from DVCC during erase (1) 6 11 mA
Average supply current from DVCC during mass erase or bank
IMERASE, IBANK 6 11 mA
erase (1)
(2)
tCPT Cumulative program time See 16 ms
4 5
Program and erase endurance 10 10 cycles
tRetention Data retention duration TJ = 25°C 100 years
(3)
tWord Word or byte program time See 64 85 µs
(3)
tBlock, 0 Block program time for first byte or word See 49 65 µs
Block program time for each additional byte or word, except for last (3)
tBlock, 1–(N–1) See 37 49 µs
byte or word
(3)
tBlock, N Block program time for last byte or word See 55 73 µs
Erase time for segment, mass erase, and bank erase when (3)
tErase See 23 32 ms
available.
MCLK frequency in marginal read mode
fMCLK,MRG 0 1 MHz
(FCTL4.MRG0 = 1 or FCTL4.MRG1 = 1)
(1) Default clock system frequency of MCLK = 1 MHz, ACLK = 32768 Hz, SMCLK = 1 MHz. No peripherals are enabled or active.
(2) The cumulative program time must not be exceeded when writing to a 128-byte flash block. This parameter applies to all programming
methods: individual word- or byte-write and block-write modes.
(3) These values are hardwired into the state machine of the flash controller.

5.49 JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface


over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
TEST
PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT
CONDITIONS
fSBW Spy-Bi-Wire input frequency 2.2 V, 3 V 0 20 MHz
tSBW,Low Spy-Bi-Wire low clock pulse duration 2.2 V, 3 V 0.025 15 µs
Spy-Bi-Wire enable time (TEST high to acceptance of first clock
tSBW, En 2.2 V, 3 V 1 µs
edge) (1)
tSBW,Rst Spy-Bi-Wire return to normal operation time 15 100 µs
2.2 V 0 5
fTCK TCK input frequency, 4-wire JTAG (2) MHz
3V 0 10
Rinternal Internal pulldown resistance on TEST 2.2 V, 3 V 45 60 80 kΩ

(1) Tools that access the Spy-Bi-Wire interface must wait for the tSBW,En time after pulling the TEST/SBWTCK pin high before applying the
first SBWTCK clock edge.
(2) fTCK may be restricted to meet the timing requirements of the module selected.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Specifications 49


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6 Detailed Description
6.1 CPU (Link to User's Guide)
The MSP430 CPU has a 16-bit RISC architecture that is highly transparent to the application. All
operations, other than program-flow instructions, are performed as register operations in conjunction with
seven addressing modes for source operand and four addressing modes for destination operand.
The CPU is integrated with 16 registers that provide reduced instruction execution time. The register-to-
register operation execution time is one cycle of the CPU clock.
Four of the registers, R0 to R3, are dedicated as program counter, stack pointer, status register, and
constant generator, respectively. The remaining registers are general-purpose registers.
Peripherals are connected to the CPU using data, address, and control buses, and can be handled with all
instructions.
The instruction set consists of the original 51 instructions with three formats and seven address modes
and additional instructions for the expanded address range. Each instruction can operate on word and
byte data.

Program Counter PC/R0

Stack Pointer SP/R1

Status Register SR/CG1/R2

Constant Generator CG2/R3

General-Purpose Register R4

General-Purpose Register R5

General-Purpose Register R6

General-Purpose Register R7

General-Purpose Register R8

General-Purpose Register R9

General-Purpose Register R10

General-Purpose Register R11

General-Purpose Register R12

General-Purpose Register R13

General-Purpose Register R14

General-Purpose Register R15

50 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.2 Operating Modes


The MSP430 has one active mode and six software selectable low-power modes of operation. An interrupt
event can wake up the device from any of the low-power modes, service the request, and restore back to
the low-power mode on return from the interrupt program.
The following seven operating modes can be configured by software:
• Active mode (AM)
– All clocks are active
• Low-power mode 0 (LPM0)
– CPU is disabled
– ACLK and SMCLK remain active, MCLK is disabled
– FLL loop control remains active
• Low-power mode 1 (LPM1)
– CPU is disabled
– FLL loop control is disabled
– ACLK and SMCLK remain active, MCLK is disabled
• Low-power mode 2 (LPM2)
– CPU is disabled
– MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled
– DCO DC generator remains enabled
– ACLK remains active
• Low-power mode 3 (LPM3)
– CPU is disabled
– MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled
– DCO DC generator is disabled
– ACLK remains active
• Low-power mode 4 (LPM4)
– CPU is disabled
– ACLK is disabled
– MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled
– DCO DC generator is disabled
– Crystal oscillator is stopped
– Complete data retention
• Low-power mode 4.5 (LPM4.5)
– Internal regulator disabled
– No data retention
– Wake-up signal from RST/NMI, P1, and P2

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 51


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.3 Interrupt Vector Addresses


The interrupt vectors and the power-up start address are located in the address range 0FFFFh to 0FF80h.
The vector contains the 16-bit address of the appropriate interrupt-handler instruction sequence.

Table 6-1. Interrupt Sources, Flags, and Vectors


SYSTEM WORD
INTERRUPT SOURCE INTERRUPT FLAG PRIORITY
INTERRUPT ADDRESS
System Reset
Power-Up
External Reset
WDTIFG, KEYV (SYSRSTIV) (1) (2) Reset 0FFFEh 63, highest
Watchdog Time-out, Password
Violation
Flash Memory Password Violation
System NMI
SVMLIFG, SVMHIFG, DLYLIFG, DLYHIFG,
PMM
VLRLIFG, VLRHIFG, VMAIFG, JMBNIFG, (Non)maskable 0FFFCh 62
Vacant Memory Access
JMBOUTIFG (SYSSNIV) (1)
JTAG Mailbox
User NMI
NMI NMIIFG, OFIFG, ACCVIFG, BUSIFG
(Non)maskable 0FFFAh 61
Oscillator Fault (SYSUNIV) (1) (2)
Flash Memory Access Violation
Comp_B Comparator B interrupt flags (CBIV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFF8h 60
TB0 TB0CCR0 CCIFG0 (3) Maskable 0FFF6h 59
TB0CCR1 CCIFG1 to TB0CCR6 CCIFG6,
TB0 Maskable 0FFF4h 58
TB0IFG (TB0IV) (1) (3)
Watchdog Timer_A Interval Timer
WDTIFG Maskable 0FFF2h 57
Mode
USCI_A0 Receive or Transmit UCA0RXIFG, UCA0TXIFG (UCA0IV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFF0h 56
USCI_B0 Receive or Transmit UCB0RXIFG, UCB0TXIFG (UCB0IV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFEEh 55
ADC12_A ADC12IFG0 to ADC12IFG15 (ADC12IV) (1) (3) (4) Maskable 0FFECh 54
(3)
TA0 TA0CCR0 CCIFG0 Maskable 0FFEAh 53
TA0CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA0CCR4 CCIFG4,
TA0 Maskable 0FFE8h 52
TA0IFG (TA0IV) (1) (3)
USB_UBM USB interrupts (USBIV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFE6h 51
(1) (3)
DMA DMA0IFG, DMA1IFG, DMA2IFG (DMAIV) Maskable 0FFE4h 50
TA1 TA1CCR0 CCIFG0 (3) Maskable 0FFE2h 49
TA1CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA1CCR2 CCIFG2,
TA1 Maskable 0FFE0h 48
TA1IFG (TA1IV) (1) (3)
I/O Port P1 P1IFG.0 to P1IFG.7 (P1IV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFDEh 47
USCI_A1 Receive or Transmit UCA1RXIFG, UCA1TXIFG (UCA1IV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFDCh 46
USCI_B1 Receive or Transmit UCB1RXIFG, UCB1TXIFG (UCB1IV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFDAh 45
(3)
TA2 TA2CCR0 CCIFG0 Maskable 0FFD8h 44
TA2CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA2CCR2 CCIFG2,
TA2 Maskable 0FFD6h 43
TA2IFG (TA2IV) (1) (3)
I/O Port P2 P2IFG.0 to P2IFG.7 (P2IV) (1) (3) Maskable 0FFD4h 42
RTCRDYIFG, RTCTEVIFG, RTCAIFG,
RTC_A Maskable 0FFD2h 41
RT0PSIFG, RT1PSIFG (RTCIV) (1) (3)
0FFD0h 40
(5)
Reserved Reserved ⋮ ⋮
0FF80h 0, lowest
(1) Multiple source flags
(2) A reset is generated if the CPU tries to fetch instructions from within peripheral space or vacant memory space.
(Non)maskable: the individual interrupt-enable bit can disable an interrupt event, but the general-interrupt enable cannot disable it.
(3) Interrupt flags are located in the module.
(4) Only on devices with ADC, otherwise reserved.
(5) Reserved interrupt vectors at addresses are not used in this device and can be used for regular program code if necessary. To maintain
compatibility with other devices, TI recommends reserving these locations.

52 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.4 Memory Organization

Table 6-2. Memory Organization (1)


MSP430F5525
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5529
MSP430F5524
MSP430F5521 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5528
MSP430F5515
MSP430F5513 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5519
MSP430F5514
Memory (flash) Total Size 32KB 64KB 96KB 128KB
Main: interrupt vector 00FFFFh–00FF80h 00FFFFh–00FF80h 00FFFFh–00FF80h 00FFFFh–00FF80h
N/A N/A N/A 32KB
Bank D
0243FFh–01C400h
N/A N/A 32KB 32KB
Bank C
01C3FFh–014400h 01C3FFh–014400h
Main: code memory
15KB 32KB 32KB 32KB
Bank B
00FFFFh–00C400h 0143FFh–00C400h 0143FFh–00C400h 0143FFh–00C400h
17KB 32KB 32KB 32KB
Bank A
00C3FFh–008000h 00C3FFh–004400h 00C3FFh–004400h 00C3FFh–004400h
Sector 3 2KB (2) N/A N/A 2KB
0043FFh–003C00h 0043FFh–003C00h
Sector 2 2KB (3) N/A 2KB 2KB
003BFFh–003400h 003BFFh–003400h 003BFFh–003400h
RAM
Sector 1 2KB 2KB 2KB 2KB
0033FFh–002C00h 0033FFh–002C00h 0033FFh–002C00h 0033FFh–002C00h
Sector 0 2KB 2KB 2KB 2KB
002BFFh–002400h 002BFFh–002400h 002BFFh–002400h 002BFFh–002400h
Sector 7 2KB 2KB 2KB 2KB
USB RAM (4)
0023FFh–001C00h 0023FFh–001C00h 0023FFh–001C00h 0023FFh–001C00h
Info A 128 B 128 B 128 B 128 B
0019FFh–001980h 0019FFh–001980h 0019FFh–001980h 0019FFh–001980h
Info B 128 B 128 B 128 B 128 B
Information memory 00197Fh–001900h 00197Fh–001900h 00197Fh–001900h 00197Fh–001900h
(flash) Info C 128 B 128 B 128 B 128 B
0018FFh–001880h 0018FFh–001880h 0018FFh–001880h 0018FFh–001880h
Info D 128 B 128 B 128 B 128 B
00187Fh–001800h 00187Fh–001800h 00187Fh–001800h 00187Fh–001800h
BSL 3 512 B 512 B 512 B 512 B
0017FFh–001600h 0017FFh–001600h 0017FFh–001600h 0017FFh–001600h
BSL 2 512 B 512 B 512 B 512 B
Bootstrap loader (BSL) 0015FFh–001400h 0015FFh–001400h 0015FFh–001400h 0015FFh–001400h
memory (flash) BSL 1 512 B 512 B 512 B 512 B
0013FFh–001200h 0013FFh–001200h 0013FFh–001200h 0013FFh–001200h
BSL 0 512 B 512 B 512 B 512 B
0011FFh–001000h 0011FFh–001000h 0011FFh–001000h 0011FFh–001000h
Size 4KB 4KB 4KB 4KB
Peripherals
000FFFh–0h 000FFFh–0h 000FFFh–0h 000FFFh–0h
(1) N/A = Not available
(2) MSP430F5522 only
(3) MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521 only
(4) USB RAM can be used as general purpose RAM when not used for USB operation.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 53


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.5 Bootstrap Loader (BSL)


The BSL enables users to program the flash memory or RAM using various serial interfaces. Access to
the device memory by the BSL is protected by an user-defined password. For further details on interfacing
to development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide
(SLAU278). For complete description of the features of the BSL and its implementation, see the MSP430
Programming Via the Bootstrap Loader User's Guide (SLAU319).

6.5.1 USB BSL


All devices come preprogrammed with the USB BSL. Use of the USB BSL requires external access to the
six pins shown in Table 6-3. In addition to these pins, the application must support external components
necessary for normal USB operation; for example, the proper crystal on XT2IN and XT2OUT, proper
decoupling, and so on.

Table 6-3. USB BSL Pin Requirements and Functions


DEVICE SIGNAL BSL FUNCTION
PU.0/DP USB data terminal DP
PU.1/DM USB data terminal DM
PUR USB pullup resistor terminal
VBUS USB bus power supply
VSSU USB ground supply

NOTE
The default USB BSL evaluates the logic level of the PUR pin after a BOR reset. If the PUR
pin is pulled high externally, then the BSL is invoked. Therefore, unless the application is
invoking the BSL, it is important to keep PUR pulled low after a BOR reset, even if BSL or
USB is never used. TI recommends applying a 1-MΩ resistor to ground.

6.5.2 UART BSL


A UART BSL is also available that can be programmed by the user into the BSL memory by replacing the
preprogrammed, factory supplied, USB BSL. Use of the UART BSL requires external access to the six
pins shown in Table 6-4.

Table 6-4. UART BSL Pin Requirements and Functions


DEVICE SIGNAL BSL FUNCTION
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO Entry sequence signal
TEST/SBWTCK Entry sequence signal
P1.1 Data transmit
P1.2 Data receive
VCC Power supply
VSS Ground supply

54 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.6 JTAG Operation

6.6.1 JTAG Standard Interface


The MSP430 family supports the standard JTAG interface which requires four signals for sending and
receiving data. The JTAG signals are shared with general-purpose I/O. The TEST/SBWTCK pin is used to
enable the JTAG signals. In addition to these signals, the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO is required to interface with
MSP430 development tools and device programmers. The JTAG pin requirements are shown in Table 6-
5. For further details on interfacing to development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430
Hardware Tools User's Guide (SLAU278). For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface
and its implementation, see MSP430 Programming Via the JTAG Interface (SLAU320).

Table 6-5. JTAG Pin Requirements and Functions


DEVICE SIGNAL DIRECTION FUNCTION
PJ.3/TCK IN JTAG clock input
PJ.2/TMS IN JTAG state control
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK IN JTAG data input, TCLK input
PJ.0/TDO OUT JTAG data output
TEST/SBWTCK IN Enable JTAG pins
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO IN External reset
VCC Power supply
VSS Ground supply

6.6.2 Spy-Bi-Wire Interface


In addition to the standard JTAG interface, the MSP430 family supports the two wire Spy-Bi-Wire
interface. Spy-Bi-Wire can be used to interface with MSP430 development tools and device programmers.
The Spy-Bi-Wire interface pin requirements are shown in Table 6-6. For further details on interfacing to
development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide (SLAU278).
For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface and its implementation, see MSP430
Programming Via the JTAG Interface (SLAU320).

Table 6-6. Spy-Bi-Wire Pin Requirements and Functions


DEVICE SIGNAL DIRECTION FUNCTION
TEST/SBWTCK IN Spy-Bi-Wire clock input
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO IN, OUT Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output
VCC Power supply
VSS Ground supply

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 55


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.7 Flash Memory (Link to User's Guide)


The flash memory can be programmed through the JTAG port, Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW), the BSL, or in-system
by the CPU. The CPU can perform single-byte, single-word, and long-word writes to the flash memory.
Features of the flash memory include:
• Flash memory has n segments of main memory and four segments of information memory (A to D) of
128 bytes each. Each segment in main memory is 512 bytes in size.
• Segments 0 to n may be erased in one step, or each segment may be individually erased.
• Segments A to D can be erased individually. Segments A to D are also called information memory.
• Segment A can be locked separately.

6.8 RAM (Link to User's Guide)


The RAM is made up of n sectors. Each sector can be completely powered down to save leakage;
however; all data is lost. Features of the RAM include:
• RAM has n sectors. The size of a sector can be found in Section 6.4.
• Each sector 0 to n can be complete disabled; however, data retention is lost.
• Each sector 0 to n automatically enters low-power retention mode when possible.
• For devices that contain USB memory, the USB memory can be used as normal RAM if USB is not
required.

6.9 Peripherals
Peripherals are connected to the CPU through data, address, and control buses. Peripherals can be
handled using all instructions. For complete module descriptions, see the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx
Family User's Guide (SLAU208).

6.9.1 Digital I/O (Link to User's Guide)


There are up to eight 8-bit I/O ports implemented: For 80 pin options, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, and P7 are
complete, and P8 is reduced to 3-bit I/O. For 64 pin options, P3 and P5 are reduced to 5-bit I/O and 6-bit
I/O, respectively, and P7 and P8 are completely removed. Port PJ contains four individual I/O ports,
common to all devices.
• All individual I/O bits are independently programmable.
• Any combination of input, output, and interrupt conditions is possible.
• Pullup or pulldown on all ports is programmable.
• Drive strength on all ports is programmable.
• Edge-selectable interrupt and LPM4.5 wakeup input capability is available for all bits of ports P1 and
P2.
• Read and write access to port-control registers is supported by all instructions.
• Ports can be accessed byte-wise (P1 through P8) or word-wise in pairs (PA through PD).

56 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.9.2 Port Mapping Controller (Link to User's Guide)


The port mapping controller allows the flexible and reconfigurable mapping of digital functions to port P4
(see Table 6-7). Table 6-8 shows the default mappings.

Table 6-7. Port Mapping Mnemonics and Functions


VALUE PxMAPy MNEMONIC INPUT PIN FUNCTION OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION
0 PM_NONE None DVSS
PM_CBOUT0 - Comparator_B output
1
PM_TB0CLK TB0 clock input
PM_ADC12CLK - ADC12CLK
2
PM_DMAE0 DMAE0 input
PM_SVMOUT - SVM output
3
PM_TB0OUTH TB0 high impedance input TB0OUTH
4 PM_TB0CCR0A TB0 CCR0 capture input CCI0A TB0 CCR0 compare output Out0
5 PM_TB0CCR1A TB0 CCR1 capture input CCI1A TB0 CCR1 compare output Out1
6 PM_TB0CCR2A TB0 CCR2 capture input CCI2A TB0 CCR2 compare output Out2
7 PM_TB0CCR3A TB0 CCR3 capture input CCI3A TB0 CCR3 compare output Out3
8 PM_TB0CCR4A TB0 CCR4 capture input CCI4A TB0 CCR4 compare output Out4
9 PM_TB0CCR5A TB0 CCR5 capture input CCI5A TB0 CCR5 compare output Out5
10 PM_TB0CCR6A TB0 CCR6 capture input CCI6A TB0 CCR6 compare output Out6
PM_UCA1RXD USCI_A1 UART RXD (Direction controlled by USCI – input)
11
PM_UCA1SOMI USCI_A1 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCA1TXD USCI_A1 UART TXD (Direction controlled by USCI – output)
12
PM_UCA1SIMO USCI_A1 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCA1CLK USCI_A1 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI)
13
PM_UCB1STE USCI_B1 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB1SOMI USCI_B1 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI)
14
PM_UCB1SCL USCI_B1 I2C clock (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB1SIMO USCI_B1 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI)
15
PM_UCB1SDA USCI_B1 I2C data (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB1CLK USCI_B1 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI)
16
PM_UCA1STE USCI_A1 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI)
17 PM_CBOUT1 None Comparator_B output
18 PM_MCLK None MCLK
19 - 30 Reserved None DVSS
Disables the output driver and the input Schmitt-trigger to prevent parasitic
31 (0FFh) (1) PM_ANALOG
cross currents when applying analog signals.
(1) The value of the PM_ANALOG mnemonic is set to 0FFh. The port mapping registers are only 5 bits wide and the upper bits are ignored
resulting in a read out value of 31.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 57


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-8. Default Mapping


PIN PxMAPy MNEMONIC INPUT PIN FUNCTION OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION
USCI_B1 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI)
P4.0/P4MAP0 PM_UCB1STE/PM_UCA1CLK
USCI_A1 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI)
USCI_B1 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI)
P4.1/P4MAP1 PM_UCB1SIMO/PM_UCB1SDA
USCI_B1 I2C data (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
USCI_B1 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI)
P4.2/P4MAP2 PM_UCB1SOMI/PM_UCB1SCL
USCI_B1 I2C clock (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
USCI_A1 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI)
P4.3/P4MAP3 PM_UCB1CLK/PM_UCA1STE
USCI_B1 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI)
USCI_A1 UART TXD (Direction controlled by USCI – output)
P4.4/P4MAP4 PM_UCA1TXD/PM_UCA1SIMO
USCI_A1 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI)
USCI_A1 UART RXD (Direction controlled by USCI – input)
P4.5/P4MAP5 PM_UCA1RXD/PM_UCA1SOMI
USCI_A1 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI)
P4.6/P4MAP6 PM_NONE None DVSS
P4.7/P4MAP7 PM_NONE None DVSS

6.9.3 Oscillator and System Clock (Link to User's Guide)


The clock system in the MSP430F552x and MSP430F551x family of devices is supported by the Unified
Clock System (UCS) module that includes support for a 32-kHz watch crystal oscillator (XT1 LF mode)
(XT1 HF mode is not supported), an internal very-low-power low-frequency oscillator (VLO), an internal
trimmed low-frequency oscillator (REFO), an integrated internal digitally controlled oscillator (DCO), and a
high-frequency crystal oscillator (XT2). The UCS module is designed to meet the requirements of both low
system cost and low power consumption. The UCS module features digital frequency locked loop (FLL)
hardware that, in conjunction with a digital modulator, stabilizes the DCO frequency to a programmable
multiple of the selected FLL reference frequency. The internal DCO provides a fast turnon clock source
and stabilizes in 3.5 µs (typical). The UCS module provides the following clock signals:
• Auxiliary clock (ACLK), sourced from a 32-kHz watch crystal (XT1), a high-frequency crystal (XT2), the
internal low-frequency oscillator (VLO), the trimmed low-frequency oscillator (REFO), or the internal
digitally controlled oscillator DCO.
• Main clock (MCLK), the system clock used by the CPU. MCLK can be sourced by same sources made
available to ACLK.
• Sub-Main clock (SMCLK), the subsystem clock used by the peripheral modules. SMCLK can be
sourced by same sources made available to ACLK.
• ACLK/n, the buffered output of ACLK, ACLK/2, ACLK/4, ACLK/8, ACLK/16, ACLK/32.

6.9.4 Power Management Module (PMM) (Link to User's Guide)


The PMM includes an integrated voltage regulator that supplies the core voltage to the device and
contains programmable output levels to provide for power optimization. The PMM also includes supply
voltage supervisor (SVS) and supply voltage monitoring (SVM) circuitry, as well as brownout protection.
The brownout circuit is implemented to provide the proper internal reset signal to the device during power
on and power off. The SVS and SVM circuitry detects if the supply voltage drops below a user-selectable
level and supports both supply voltage supervision (SVS) (the device is automatically reset) and supply
voltage monitoring (SVM) (the device is not automatically reset). SVS and SVM circuitry is available on the
primary supply and core supply.

6.9.5 Hardware Multiplier (Link to User's Guide)


The multiplication operation is supported by a dedicated peripheral module. The module performs
operations with 32-, 24-, 16-, and 8-bit operands. The module supports signed and unsigned multiplication
as well as signed and unsigned multiply-and-accumulate operations.

58 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.9.6 Real-Time Clock (RTC_A) (Link to User's Guide)


The RTC_A module can be used as a general-purpose 32-bit counter (counter mode) or as an integrated
real-time clock (RTC) (calendar mode). In counter mode, the RTC_A also includes two independent 8-bit
timers that can be cascaded to form a 16-bit timer/counter. Both timers can be read and written by
software. Calendar mode integrates an internal calendar which compensates for months with less than
31 days and includes leap year correction. The RTC_A also supports flexible alarm functions and offset-
calibration hardware.

6.9.7 Watchdog Timer (WDT_A) (Link to User's Guide)


The primary function of the WDT_A module is to perform a controlled system restart after a software
problem occurs. If the selected time interval expires, a system reset is generated. If the watchdog function
is not needed in an application, the module can be configured as an interval timer and can generate
interrupts at selected time intervals.

6.9.8 System Module (SYS) (Link to User's Guide)


The SYS module handles many of the system functions within the device. These include power-on reset
and power-up clear handling, NMI source selection and management, reset interrupt vector generators,
bootstrap loader entry mechanisms, and configuration management (device descriptors). It also includes a
data exchange mechanism through JTAG called a JTAG mailbox that can be used in the application.

Table 6-9. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers


INTERRUPT VECTOR REGISTER ADDRESS INTERRUPT EVENT VALUE PRIORITY
019Eh No interrupt pending 00h
Brownout (BOR) 02h Highest
RST/NMI (POR) 04h
PMMSWBOR (BOR) 06h
Wakeup from LPMx.5 08h
Security violation (BOR) 0Ah
SVSL (POR) 0Ch
SVSH (POR) 0Eh
SVML_OVP (POR) 10h
SYSRSTIV, System Reset
SVMH_OVP (POR) 12h
PMMSWPOR (POR) 14h
WDT time-out (PUC) 16h
WDT password violation (PUC) 18h
KEYV flash password violation (PUC) 1Ah
Reserved 1Ch
Peripheral area fetch (PUC) 1Eh
PMM password violation (PUC) 20h
Reserved 22h to 3Eh Lowest

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 59


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-9. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers (continued)


INTERRUPT VECTOR REGISTER ADDRESS INTERRUPT EVENT VALUE PRIORITY
019Ch No interrupt pending 00h
SVMLIFG 02h Highest
SVMHIFG 04h
SVSMLDLYIFG 06h
SVSMHDLYIFG 08h
SYSSNIV, System NMI VMAIFG 0Ah
JMBINIFG 0Ch
JMBOUTIFG 0Eh
SVMLVLRIFG 10h
SVMHVLRIFG 12h
Reserved 14h to 1Eh Lowest
019Ah No interrupt pending 00h
NMIIFG 02h Highest
OFIFG 04h
SYSUNIV, User NMI
ACCVIFG 06h
BUSIFG 08h
Reserved 0Ah to 1Eh Lowest

6.9.9 DMA Controller (Link to User's Guide)


The DMA controller allows movement of data from one memory address to another without CPU
intervention. For example, the DMA controller can be used to move data from the ADC12_A conversion
memory to RAM. Using the DMA controller can increase the throughput of peripheral modules. The DMA
controller reduces system power consumption by allowing the CPU to remain in sleep mode, without
having to awaken to move data to or from a peripheral.
The USB timestamp generator also uses the DMA trigger assignments described in Table 6-10.

Table 6-10. DMA Trigger Assignments (1)


CHANNEL
TRIGGER
0 1 2
0 DMAREQ DMAREQ DMAREQ
1 TA0CCR0 CCIFG TA0CCR0 CCIFG TA0CCR0 CCIFG
2 TA0CCR2 CCIFG TA0CCR2 CCIFG TA0CCR2 CCIFG
3 TA1CCR0 CCIFG TA1CCR0 CCIFG TA1CCR0 CCIFG
4 TA1CCR2 CCIFG TA1CCR2 CCIFG TA1CCR2 CCIFG
5 TA2CCR0 CCIFG TA2CCR0 CCIFG TA2CCR0 CCIFG
6 TA2CCR2 CCIFG TA2CCR2 CCIFG TA2CCR2 CCIFG
7 TB0CCR0 CCIFG TB0CCR0 CCIFG TB0CCR0 CCIFG
8 TB0CCR2 CCIFG TB0CCR2 CCIFG TB0CCR2 CCIFG
9 Reserved Reserved Reserved
10 Reserved Reserved Reserved
11 Reserved Reserved Reserved
12 Reserved Reserved Reserved
13 Reserved Reserved Reserved
14 Reserved Reserved Reserved
15 Reserved Reserved Reserved

(1) If a reserved trigger source is selected, no Trigger1 is generated.


60 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-10. DMA Trigger Assignments(1) (continued)


CHANNEL
TRIGGER
0 1 2
16 UCA0RXIFG UCA0RXIFG UCA0RXIFG
17 UCA0TXIFG UCA0TXIFG UCA0TXIFG
18 UCB0RXIFG UCB0RXIFG UCB0RXIFG
19 UCB0TXIFG UCB0TXIFG UCB0TXIFG
20 UCA1RXIFG UCA1RXIFG UCA1RXIFG
21 UCA1TXIFG UCA1TXIFG UCA1TXIFG
22 UCB1RXIFG UCB1RXIFG UCB1RXIFG
23 UCB1TXIFG UCB1TXIFG UCB1TXIFG
24 ADC12IFGx (2) ADC12IFGx (2) ADC12IFGx (2)
25 Reserved Reserved Reserved
26 Reserved Reserved Reserved
27 USB FNRXD USB FNRXD USB FNRXD
28 USB ready USB ready USB ready
29 MPY ready MPY ready MPY ready
30 DMA2IFG DMA0IFG DMA1IFG
31 DMAE0 DMAE0 DMAE0
(2) Only on devices with ADC. Reserved on devices without ADC.

6.9.10 Universal Serial Communication Interface (USCI) (Links to User's Guide: UART
Mode, SPI Mode, I2C Mode)
The USCI modules are used for serial data communication. The USCI module supports synchronous
communication protocols such as SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) and I2C, and asynchronous communication
protocols such as UART, enhanced UART with automatic baudrate detection, and IrDA. Each USCI
module contains two portions, A and B.
The USCI_An module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin), UART, enhanced UART, or IrDA.
The USCI_Bn module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) or I2C.
The MSP430F55xx series includes two complete USCI modules (n = 0, 1).

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 61


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.9.11 TA0 (Link to User's Guide)


TA0 is a 16-bit timer and counter (Timer_A type) with five capture/compare registers. It can support
multiple capture/compare registers, PWM outputs, and interval timing. It also has extensive interrupt
capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the
capture/compare registers.

Table 6-11. TA0 Signal Connections


INPUT PIN NUMBER DEVICE MODULE MODULE DEVICE OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
MODULE
RGC, YFF, INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT
PN BLOCK RGC, YFF, ZQE PN
ZQE SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL
18, H2-P1.0 21-P1.0 TA0CLK TACLK
ACLK
ACLK
(internal)
Timer NA NA
SMCLK
SMCLK
(internal)
18, H2-P1.0 21-P1.0 TA0CLK TACLK
19, H3-P1.1 22-P1.1 TA0.0 CCI0A 19, H3-P1.1 22-P1.1
DVSS CCI0B
CCR0 TA0 TA0.0
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
20, J3-P1.2 23-P1.2 TA0.1 CCI1A 20, J3-P1.2 23-P1.2
ADC12 ADC12
CBOUT (internal) (1) (internal) (1)
CCI1B
(internal) CCR1 TA1 TA0.1 ADC12SHSx = ADC12SHSx =
{1} {1}
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
21, G4-P1.3 24-P1.3 TA0.2 CCI2A 21, G4-P1.3 24-P1.3
ACLK
CCI2B
(internal) CCR2 TA2 TA0.2
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
22, H4-P1.4 25-P1.4 TA0.3 CCI3A 22, H4-P1.4 25-P1.4
DVSS CCI3B
CCR3 TA3 TA0.3
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
23, J4-P1.5 26-P1.5 TA0.4 CCI4A 23, J4-P1.5 26-P1.5
DVSS CCI4B
CCR4 TA4 TA0.4
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
(1) Only on devices with ADC.

62 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.9.12 TA1 (Link to User's Guide)


TA1 is a 16-bit timer and counter (Timer_A type) with three capture/compare registers. It can support
multiple capture/compare registers, PWM outputs, and interval timing. It also has extensive interrupt
capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the
capture/compare registers.

Table 6-12. TA1 Signal Connections


INPUT PIN NUMBER DEVICE MODULE MODULE DEVICE OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
MODULE
RGC, YFF, INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT RGC, YFF,
PN BLOCK PN
ZQE SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL ZQE
24, G5-P1.6 27-P1.6 TA1CLK TACLK
ACLK
ACLK
(internal)
Timer NA NA
SMCLK
SMCLK
(internal)
24, G5-P1.6 27-P1.6 TA1CLK TACLK
25, H5-P1.7 28-P1.7 TA1.0 CCI0A 25, H5-P1.7 28-P1.7
DVSS CCI0B
CCR0 TA0 TA1.0
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
26, J5-P2.0 29-P2.0 TA1.1 CCI1A 26, J5-P2.0 29-P2.0
CBOUT
CCI1B
(internal) CCR1 TA1 TA1.1
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
27, G6-P2.1 30-P2.1 TA1.2 CCI2A 27, G6-P2.1 30-P2.1
ACLK
CCI2B
(internal) CCR2 TA2 TA1.2
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 63


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.9.13 TA2 (Link to User's Guide)


TA2 is a 16-bit timer and counter (Timer_A type) with three capture/compare registers. It can support
multiple capture/compare registers, PWM outputs, and interval timing. It also has extensive interrupt
capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the
capture/compare registers.

Table 6-13. TA2 Signal Connections


INPUT PIN NUMBER DEVICE MODULE MODULE DEVICE OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
MODULE
RGC, YFF, INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT RGC, YFF,
PN BLOCK PN
ZQE SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL ZQE
28, J6-P2.2 31-P2.2 TA2CLK TACLK
ACLK
ACLK
(internal)
Timer NA NA
SMCLK
SMCLK
(internal)
28, J6-P2.2 31-P2.2 TA2CLK TACLK
29, H6-P2.3 32-P2.3 TA2.0 CCI0A 29, H6-P2.3 32-P2.3
DVSS CCI0B
CCR0 TA0 TA2.0
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
30, J7-P2.4 33-P2.4 TA2.1 CCI1A 30, J7-P2.4 33-P2.4
CBOUT
CCI1B
(internal) CCR1 TA1 TA2.1
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
31, J8-P2.5 34-P2.5 TA2.2 CCI2A 31, J8-P2.5 34-P2.5
ACLK
CCI2B
(internal) CCR2 TA2 TA2.2
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC

64 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.9.14 TB0 (Link to User's Guide)


TB0 is a 16-bit timer and counter (Timer_B type) with seven capture/compare registers. It can support
multiple capture/compare registers, PWM outputs, and interval timing. It also has extensive interrupt
capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the
capture/compare registers.

Table 6-14. TB0 Signal Connections


INPUT PIN NUMBER DEVICE MODULE MODULE DEVICE OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
MODULE
RGC, YFF, INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT RGC, YFF,
PN BLOCK PN
ZQE (1) SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL SIGNAL ZQE (1)
60-P7.7 TB0CLK TBCLK
ACLK
ACLK
(internal)
Timer NA NA
SMCLK
SMCLK
(internal)
60-P7.7 TB0CLK TBCLK
55-P5.6 TB0.0 CCI0A 55-P5.6
ADC12 ADC12
(internal) (2) (internal) (2)
55-P5.6 TB0.0 CCI0B
CCR0 TB0 TB0.0 ADC12SHSx = ADC12SHSx =
{2} {2}
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
56-P5.7 TB0.1 CCI1A 56-P5.7
ADC12 (internal) ADC12 (internal)
CBOUT
CCI1B ADC12SHSx = ADC12SHSx =
(internal) CCR1 TB1 TB0.1 {3} {3}
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
57-P7.4 TB0.2 CCI2A 57-P7.4
57-P7.4 TB0.2 CCI2B
CCR2 TB2 TB0.2
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
58-P7.5 TB0.3 CCI3A 58-P7.5
58-P7.5 TB0.3 CCI3B
CCR3 TB3 TB0.3
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
59-P7.6 TB0.4 CCI4A 59-P7.6
59-P7.6 TB0.4 CCI4B
CCR4 TB4 TB0.4
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
42-P3.5 TB0.5 CCI5A 42-P3.5
42-P3.5 TB0.5 CCI5B
CCR5 TB5 TB0.5
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
43-P3.6 TB0.6 CCI6A 43-P3.6
ACLK
CCI6B
(internal) CCR6 TB6 TB0.6
DVSS GND
DVCC VCC
(1) Timer functions are selectable through the port mapping controller.
(2) Only on devices with ADC

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 65


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.9.15 Comparator_B (Link to User's Guide)


The primary function of the Comparator_B module is to support precision slope analog-to-digital
conversions, battery voltage supervision, and monitoring of external analog signals.

6.9.16 ADC12_A (Link to User's Guide)


The ADC12_A module supports fast 12-bit analog-to-digital conversions. The module implements a 12-bit
SAR core, sample select control, reference generator and a 16 word conversion-and-control buffer. The
conversion-and-control buffer allows up to 16 independent ADC samples to be converted and stored
without any CPU intervention.

6.9.17 CRC16 (Link to User's Guide)


The CRC16 module produces a signature based on a sequence of entered data values and can be used
for data checking purposes. The CRC16 module signature is based on the CRC-CCITT standard.

6.9.18 REF Voltage Reference (Link to User's Guide)


The reference module (REF) is responsible for generation of all critical reference voltages that can be
used by the various analog peripherals in the device.

6.9.19 Universal Serial Bus (USB) (Link to User's Guide)


The USB module is a fully integrated USB interface that is compliant with the USB 2.0 specification. The
module supports full-speed operation of control, interrupt, and bulk transfers. The module includes an
integrated LDO, PHY, and PLL. The PLL is highly-flexible and can support a wide range of input clock
frequencies. USB RAM, when not used for USB communication, can be used by the system.

6.9.20 Embedded Emulation Module (EEM) (Link to User's Guide)


The EEM supports real-time in-system debugging. The L version of the EEM has the following features:
• Eight hardware triggers or breakpoints on memory access
• Two hardware triggers or breakpoints on CPU register write access
• Up to 10 hardware triggers can be combined to form complex triggers or breakpoints
• Two cycle counters
• Sequencer
• State storage
• Clock control on module level

66 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.9.21 Peripheral File Map


Table 6-15 lists the base address for the registers of each module. The following tables list the offsets for
all available registers in each module.

Table 6-15. Peripherals


OFFSET ADDRESS
MODULE NAME BASE ADDRESS
RANGE
Special Functions (see Table 6-16) 0100h 000h-01Fh
PMM (see Table 6-17) 0120h 000h-010h
Flash Control (see Table 6-18) 0140h 000h-00Fh
CRC16 (see Table 6-19) 0150h 000h-007h
RAM Control (see Table 6-20) 0158h 000h-001h
Watchdog (see Table 6-21) 015Ch 000h-001h
UCS (see Table 6-22) 0160h 000h-01Fh
SYS (see Table 6-23) 0180h 000h-01Fh
Shared Reference (see Table 6-24) 01B0h 000h-001h
Port Mapping Control (see Table 6-25) 01C0h 000h-002h
Port Mapping Port P4 (see Table 6-25) 01E0h 000h-007h
Port P1 and P2 (see Table 6-26) 0200h 000h-01Fh
Port P3 and P4 (see Table 6-27) 0220h 000h-00Bh
Port P5 and P6 (see Table 6-28) 0240h 000h-00Bh
Port P7 and P8 (see Table 6-29) 0260h 000h-00Bh
Port PJ (see Table 6-30) 0320h 000h-01Fh
TA0 (see Table 6-31) 0340h 000h-02Eh
TA1 (see Table 6-32) 0380h 000h-02Eh
TB0 (see Table 6-33) 03C0h 000h-02Eh
TA2 (see Table 6-34) 0400h 000h-02Eh
Real-Time Clock (RTC_A) (see Table 6-35) 04A0h 000h-01Bh
32-Bit Hardware Multiplier (see Table 6-36) 04C0h 000h-02Fh
DMA General Control (see Table 6-37) 0500h 000h-00Fh
DMA Channel 0 (see Table 6-37) 0510h 000h-00Ah
DMA Channel 1 (see Table 6-37) 0520h 000h-00Ah
DMA Channel 2 (see Table 6-37) 0530h 000h-00Ah
USCI_A0 (see Table 6-38) 05C0h 000h-01Fh
USCI_B0 (see Table 6-39) 05E0h 000h-01Fh
USCI_A1 (see Table 6-40) 0600h 000h-01Fh
USCI_B1 (see Table 6-41) 0620h 000h-01Fh
ADC12_A (see Table 6-42) 0700h 000h-03Eh
Comparator_B (see Table 6-43) 08C0h 000h-00Fh
USB Configuration (see Table 6-44) 0900h 000h-014h
USB Control (see Table 6-45) 0920h 000h-01Fh

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 67


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-16. Special Function Registers (Base Address: 0100h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
SFR interrupt enable SFRIE1 00h
SFR interrupt flag SFRIFG1 02h
SFR reset pin control SFRRPCR 04h

Table 6-17. PMM Registers (Base Address: 0120h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
PMM Control 0 PMMCTL0 00h
PMM control 1 PMMCTL1 02h
SVS high side control SVSMHCTL 04h
SVS low side control SVSMLCTL 06h
PMM interrupt flags PMMIFG 0Ch
PMM interrupt enable PMMIE 0Eh
PMM power mode 5 control PM5CTL0 10h

Table 6-18. Flash Control Registers (Base Address: 0140h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Flash control 1 FCTL1 00h
Flash control 3 FCTL3 04h
Flash control 4 FCTL4 06h

Table 6-19. CRC16 Registers (Base Address: 0150h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
CRC data input CRC16DI 00h
CRC data input reverse byte CRCDIRB 02h
CRC initialization and result CRCINIRES 04h
CRC result reverse byte CRCRESR 06h

Table 6-20. RAM Control Registers (Base Address: 0158h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
RAM control 0 RCCTL0 00h

Table 6-21. Watchdog Registers (Base Address: 015Ch)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Watchdog timer control WDTCTL 00h

Table 6-22. UCS Registers (Base Address: 0160h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
UCS control 0 UCSCTL0 00h
UCS control 1 UCSCTL1 02h
UCS control 2 UCSCTL2 04h
UCS control 3 UCSCTL3 06h
UCS control 4 UCSCTL4 08h
UCS control 5 UCSCTL5 0Ah
UCS control 6 UCSCTL6 0Ch
UCS control 7 UCSCTL7 0Eh

68 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-22. UCS Registers (Base Address: 0160h) (continued)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
UCS control 8 UCSCTL8 10h

Table 6-23. SYS Registers (Base Address: 0180h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
System control SYSCTL 00h
Bootstrap loader configuration area SYSBSLC 02h
JTAG mailbox control SYSJMBC 06h
JTAG mailbox input 0 SYSJMBI0 08h
JTAG mailbox input 1 SYSJMBI1 0Ah
JTAG mailbox output 0 SYSJMBO0 0Ch
JTAG mailbox output 1 SYSJMBO1 0Eh
Bus Error vector generator SYSBERRIV 18h
User NMI vector generator SYSUNIV 1Ah
System NMI vector generator SYSSNIV 1Ch
Reset vector generator SYSRSTIV 1Eh

Table 6-24. Shared Reference Registers (Base Address: 01B0h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Shared reference control REFCTL 00h

Table 6-25. Port Mapping Registers


(Base Address of Port Mapping Control: 01C0h, Port P4: 01E0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Port mapping key and ID register PMAPKEYID 00h
Port mapping control register PMAPCTL 02h
Port P4.0 mapping register P4MAP0 00h
Port P4.1 mapping register P4MAP1 01h
Port P4.2 mapping register P4MAP2 02h
Port P4.3 mapping register P4MAP3 03h
Port P4.4 mapping register P4MAP4 04h
Port P4.5 mapping register P4MAP5 05h
Port P4.6 mapping register P4MAP6 06h
Port P4.7 mapping register P4MAP7 07h

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 69


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-26. Port P1 and P2 Registers (Base Address: 0200h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Port P1 input P1IN 00h
Port P1 output P1OUT 02h
Port P1 direction P1DIR 04h
Port P1 pullup or pulldown enable P1REN 06h
Port P1 drive strength P1DS 08h
Port P1 selection P1SEL 0Ah
Port P1 interrupt vector word P1IV 0Eh
Port P1 interrupt edge select P1IES 18h
Port P1 interrupt enable P1IE 1Ah
Port P1 interrupt flag P1IFG 1Ch
Port P2 input P2IN 01h
Port P2 output P2OUT 03h
Port P2 direction P2DIR 05h
Port P2 pullup or pulldown enable P2REN 07h
Port P2 drive strength P2DS 09h
Port P2 selection P2SEL 0Bh
Port P2 interrupt vector word P2IV 1Eh
Port P2 interrupt edge select P2IES 19h
Port P2 interrupt enable P2IE 1Bh
Port P2 interrupt flag P2IFG 1Dh

Table 6-27. Port P3 and P4 Registers (Base Address: 0220h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Port P3 input P3IN 00h
Port P3 output P3OUT 02h
Port P3 direction P3DIR 04h
Port P3 pullup or pulldown enable P3REN 06h
Port P3 drive strength P3DS 08h
Port P3 selection P3SEL 0Ah
Port P4 input P4IN 01h
Port P4 output P4OUT 03h
Port P4 direction P4DIR 05h
Port P4 pullup or pulldown enable P4REN 07h
Port P4 drive strength P4DS 09h
Port P4 selection P4SEL 0Bh

70 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-28. Port P5 and P6 Registers (Base Address: 0240h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Port P5 input P5IN 00h
Port P5 output P5OUT 02h
Port P5 direction P5DIR 04h
Port P5 pullup or pulldown enable P5REN 06h
Port P5 drive strength P5DS 08h
Port P5 selection P5SEL 0Ah
Port P6 input P6IN 01h
Port P6 output P6OUT 03h
Port P6 direction P6DIR 05h
Port P6 pullup or pulldown enable P6REN 07h
Port P6 drive strength P6DS 09h
Port P6 selection P6SEL 0Bh

Table 6-29. Port P7 and P8 Registers (Base Address: 0260h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Port P7 input P7IN 00h
Port P7 output P7OUT 02h
Port P7 direction P7DIR 04h
Port P7 pullup or pulldown enable P7REN 06h
Port P7 drive strength P7DS 08h
Port P7 selection P7SEL 0Ah
Port P8 input P8IN 01h
Port P8 output P8OUT 03h
Port P8 direction P8DIR 05h
Port P8 pullup or pulldown enable P8REN 07h
Port P8 drive strength P8DS 09h
Port P8 selection P8SEL 0Bh

Table 6-30. Port J Registers (Base Address: 0320h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Port PJ input PJIN 00h
Port PJ output PJOUT 02h
Port PJ direction PJDIR 04h
Port PJ pullup or pulldown enable PJREN 06h
Port PJ drive strength PJDS 08h

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 71


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-31. TA0 Registers (Base Address: 0340h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
TA0 control TA0CTL 00h
Capture/compare control 0 TA0CCTL0 02h
Capture/compare control 1 TA0CCTL1 04h
Capture/compare control 2 TA0CCTL2 06h
Capture/compare control 3 TA0CCTL3 08h
Capture/compare control 4 TA0CCTL4 0Ah
TA0 counter register TA0R 10h
Capture/compare register 0 TA0CCR0 12h
Capture/compare register 1 TA0CCR1 14h
Capture/compare register 2 TA0CCR2 16h
Capture/compare register 3 TA0CCR3 18h
Capture/compare register 4 TA0CCR4 1Ah
TA0 expansion register 0 TA0EX0 20h
TA0 interrupt vector TA0IV 2Eh

Table 6-32. TA1 Registers (Base Address: 0380h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
TA1 control TA1CTL 00h
Capture/compare control 0 TA1CCTL0 02h
Capture/compare control 1 TA1CCTL1 04h
Capture/compare control 2 TA1CCTL2 06h
TA1 counter register TA1R 10h
Capture/compare register 0 TA1CCR0 12h
Capture/compare register 1 TA1CCR1 14h
Capture/compare register 2 TA1CCR2 16h
TA1 expansion register 0 TA1EX0 20h
TA1 interrupt vector TA1IV 2Eh

72 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-33. TB0 Registers (Base Address: 03C0h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
TB0 control TB0CTL 00h
Capture/compare control 0 TB0CCTL0 02h
Capture/compare control 1 TB0CCTL1 04h
Capture/compare control 2 TB0CCTL2 06h
Capture/compare control 3 TB0CCTL3 08h
Capture/compare control 4 TB0CCTL4 0Ah
Capture/compare control 5 TB0CCTL5 0Ch
Capture/compare control 6 TB0CCTL6 0Eh
TB0 register TB0R 10h
Capture/compare register 0 TB0CCR0 12h
Capture/compare register 1 TB0CCR1 14h
Capture/compare register 2 TB0CCR2 16h
Capture/compare register 3 TB0CCR3 18h
Capture/compare register 4 TB0CCR4 1Ah
Capture/compare register 5 TB0CCR5 1Ch
Capture/compare register 6 TB0CCR6 1Eh
TB0 expansion register 0 TB0EX0 20h
TB0 interrupt vector TB0IV 2Eh

Table 6-34. TA2 Registers (Base Address: 0400h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
TA2 control TA2CTL 00h
Capture/compare control 0 TA2CCTL0 02h
Capture/compare control 1 TA2CCTL1 04h
Capture/compare control 2 TA2CCTL2 06h
TA2 counter register TA2R 10h
Capture/compare register 0 TA2CCR0 12h
Capture/compare register 1 TA2CCR1 14h
Capture/compare register 2 TA2CCR2 16h
TA2 expansion register 0 TA2EX0 20h
TA2 interrupt vector TA2IV 2Eh

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 73


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-35. Real-Time Clock Registers (Base Address: 04A0h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
RTC control 0 RTCCTL0 00h
RTC control 1 RTCCTL1 01h
RTC control 2 RTCCTL2 02h
RTC control 3 RTCCTL3 03h
RTC prescaler 0 control RTCPS0CTL 08h
RTC prescaler 1 control RTCPS1CTL 0Ah
RTC prescaler 0 RTCPS0 0Ch
RTC prescaler 1 RTCPS1 0Dh
RTC interrupt vector word RTCIV 0Eh
RTC seconds, RTC counter register 1 RTCSEC, RTCNT1 10h
RTC minutes, RTC counter register 2 RTCMIN, RTCNT2 11h
RTC hours, RTC counter register 3 RTCHOUR, RTCNT3 12h
RTC day of week, RTC counter register 4 RTCDOW, RTCNT4 13h
RTC days RTCDAY 14h
RTC month RTCMON 15h
RTC year low RTCYEARL 16h
RTC year high RTCYEARH 17h
RTC alarm minutes RTCAMIN 18h
RTC alarm hours RTCAHOUR 19h
RTC alarm day of week RTCADOW 1Ah
RTC alarm days RTCADAY 1Bh

74 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-36. 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier Registers (Base Address: 04C0h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
16-bit operand 1 – multiply MPY 00h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply MPYS 02h
16-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate MAC 04h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate MACS 06h
16-bit operand 2 OP2 08h
16 × 16 result low word RESLO 0Ah
16 × 16 result high word RESHI 0Ch
16 × 16 sum extension register SUMEXT 0Eh
32-bit operand 1 – multiply low word MPY32L 10h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply high word MPY32H 12h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply low word MPYS32L 14h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply high word MPYS32H 16h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate low word MAC32L 18h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate high word MAC32H 1Ah
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate low word MACS32L 1Ch
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate high word MACS32H 1Eh
32-bit operand 2 – low word OP2L 20h
32-bit operand 2 – high word OP2H 22h
32 × 32 result 0 – least significant word RES0 24h
32 × 32 result 1 RES1 26h
32 × 32 result 2 RES2 28h
32 × 32 result 3 – most significant word RES3 2Ah
MPY32 control register 0 MPY32CTL0 2Ch

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 75


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-37. DMA Registers (Base Address DMA General Control: 0500h,
DMA Channel 0: 0510h, DMA Channel 1: 0520h, DMA Channel 2: 0530h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
DMA channel 0 control DMA0CTL 00h
DMA channel 0 source address low DMA0SAL 02h
DMA channel 0 source address high DMA0SAH 04h
DMA channel 0 destination address low DMA0DAL 06h
DMA channel 0 destination address high DMA0DAH 08h
DMA channel 0 transfer size DMA0SZ 0Ah
DMA channel 1 control DMA1CTL 00h
DMA channel 1 source address low DMA1SAL 02h
DMA channel 1 source address high DMA1SAH 04h
DMA channel 1 destination address low DMA1DAL 06h
DMA channel 1 destination address high DMA1DAH 08h
DMA channel 1 transfer size DMA1SZ 0Ah
DMA channel 2 control DMA2CTL 00h
DMA channel 2 source address low DMA2SAL 02h
DMA channel 2 source address high DMA2SAH 04h
DMA channel 2 destination address low DMA2DAL 06h
DMA channel 2 destination address high DMA2DAH 08h
DMA channel 2 transfer size DMA2SZ 0Ah
DMA module control 0 DMACTL0 00h
DMA module control 1 DMACTL1 02h
DMA module control 2 DMACTL2 04h
DMA module control 3 DMACTL3 06h
DMA module control 4 DMACTL4 08h
DMA interrupt vector DMAIV 0Eh

Table 6-38. USCI_A0 Registers (Base Address: 05C0h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
USCI control 1 UCA0CTL1 00h
USCI control 0 UCA0CTL0 01h
USCI baud rate 0 UCA0BR0 06h
USCI baud rate 1 UCA0BR1 07h
USCI modulation control UCA0MCTL 08h
USCI status UCA0STAT 0Ah
USCI receive buffer UCA0RXBUF 0Ch
USCI transmit buffer UCA0TXBUF 0Eh
USCI LIN control UCA0ABCTL 10h
USCI IrDA transmit control UCA0IRTCTL 12h
USCI IrDA receive control UCA0IRRCTL 13h
USCI interrupt enable UCA0IE 1Ch
USCI interrupt flags UCA0IFG 1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word UCA0IV 1Eh

76 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-39. USCI_B0 Registers (Base Address: 05E0h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
USCI synchronous control 1 UCB0CTL1 00h
USCI synchronous control 0 UCB0CTL0 01h
USCI synchronous bit rate 0 UCB0BR0 06h
USCI synchronous bit rate 1 UCB0BR1 07h
USCI synchronous status UCB0STAT 0Ah
USCI synchronous receive buffer UCB0RXBUF 0Ch
USCI synchronous transmit buffer UCB0TXBUF 0Eh
USCI I2C own address UCB0I2COA 10h
USCI I2C slave address UCB0I2CSA 12h
USCI interrupt enable UCB0IE 1Ch
USCI interrupt flags UCB0IFG 1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word UCB0IV 1Eh

Table 6-40. USCI_A1 Registers (Base Address: 0600h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
USCI control 1 UCA1CTL1 00h
USCI control 0 UCA1CTL0 01h
USCI baud rate 0 UCA1BR0 06h
USCI baud rate 1 UCA1BR1 07h
USCI modulation control UCA1MCTL 08h
USCI status UCA1STAT 0Ah
USCI receive buffer UCA1RXBUF 0Ch
USCI transmit buffer UCA1TXBUF 0Eh
USCI LIN control UCA1ABCTL 10h
USCI IrDA transmit control UCA1IRTCTL 12h
USCI IrDA receive control UCA1IRRCTL 13h
USCI interrupt enable UCA1IE 1Ch
USCI interrupt flags UCA1IFG 1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word UCA1IV 1Eh

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 77


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-41. USCI_B1 Registers (Base Address: 0620h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
USCI synchronous control 1 UCB1CTL1 00h
USCI synchronous control 0 UCB1CTL0 01h
USCI synchronous bit rate 0 UCB1BR0 06h
USCI synchronous bit rate 1 UCB1BR1 07h
USCI synchronous status UCB1STAT 0Ah
USCI synchronous receive buffer UCB1RXBUF 0Ch
USCI synchronous transmit buffer UCB1TXBUF 0Eh
USCI I2C own address UCB1I2COA 10h
USCI I2C slave address UCB1I2CSA 12h
USCI interrupt enable UCB1IE 1Ch
USCI interrupt flags UCB1IFG 1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word UCB1IV 1Eh

78 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-42. ADC12_A Registers (Base Address: 0700h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Control register 0 ADC12CTL0 00h
Control register 1 ADC12CTL1 02h
Control register 2 ADC12CTL2 04h
Interrupt-flag register ADC12IFG 0Ah
Interrupt-enable register ADC12IE 0Ch
Interrupt-vector-word register ADC12IV 0Eh
ADC memory-control register 0 ADC12MCTL0 10h
ADC memory-control register 1 ADC12MCTL1 11h
ADC memory-control register 2 ADC12MCTL2 12h
ADC memory-control register 3 ADC12MCTL3 13h
ADC memory-control register 4 ADC12MCTL4 14h
ADC memory-control register 5 ADC12MCTL5 15h
ADC memory-control register 6 ADC12MCTL6 16h
ADC memory-control register 7 ADC12MCTL7 17h
ADC memory-control register 8 ADC12MCTL8 18h
ADC memory-control register 9 ADC12MCTL9 19h
ADC memory-control register 10 ADC12MCTL10 1Ah
ADC memory-control register 11 ADC12MCTL11 1Bh
ADC memory-control register 12 ADC12MCTL12 1Ch
ADC memory-control register 13 ADC12MCTL13 1Dh
ADC memory-control register 14 ADC12MCTL14 1Eh
ADC memory-control register 15 ADC12MCTL15 1Fh
Conversion memory 0 ADC12MEM0 20h
Conversion memory 1 ADC12MEM1 22h
Conversion memory 2 ADC12MEM2 24h
Conversion memory 3 ADC12MEM3 26h
Conversion memory 4 ADC12MEM4 28h
Conversion memory 5 ADC12MEM5 2Ah
Conversion memory 6 ADC12MEM6 2Ch
Conversion memory 7 ADC12MEM7 2Eh
Conversion memory 8 ADC12MEM8 30h
Conversion memory 9 ADC12MEM9 32h
Conversion memory 10 ADC12MEM10 34h
Conversion memory 11 ADC12MEM11 36h
Conversion memory 12 ADC12MEM12 38h
Conversion memory 13 ADC12MEM13 3Ah
Conversion memory 14 ADC12MEM14 3Ch
Conversion memory 15 ADC12MEM15 3Eh

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 79


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-43. Comparator_B Registers (Base Address: 08C0h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Comp_B control register 0 CBCTL0 00h
Comp_B control register 1 CBCTL1 02h
Comp_B control register 2 CBCTL2 04h
Comp_B control register 3 CBCTL3 06h
Comp_B interrupt register CBINT 0Ch
Comp_B interrupt vector word CBIV 0Eh

Table 6-44. USB Configuration Registers (Base Address: 0900h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
USB key and ID USBKEYID 00h
USB module configuration USBCNF 02h
USB PHY control USBPHYCTL 04h
USB power control USBPWRCTL 08h
USB PLL control USBPLLCTL 10h
USB PLL divider USBPLLDIV 12h
USB PLL interrupts USBPLLIR 14h

Table 6-45. USB Control Registers (Base Address: 0920h)


REGISTER DESCRIPTION REGISTER OFFSET
Input endpoint_0 configuration USBIEPCNF_0 00h
Input endpoint_0 byte count USBIEPCNT_0 01h
Output endpoint_0 configuration USBOEPCNF_0 02h
Output endpoint_0 byte count USBOEPCNT_0 03h
Input endpoint interrupt enables USBIEPIE 0Eh
Output endpoint interrupt enables USBOEPIE 0Fh
Input endpoint interrupt flags USBIEPIFG 10h
Output endpoint interrupt flags USBOEPIFG 11h
USB interrupt vector USBIV 12h
USB maintenance USBMAINT 16h
Timestamp USBTSREG 18h
USB frame number USBFN 1Ah
USB control USBCTL 1Ch
USB interrupt enables USBIE 1Dh
USB interrupt flags USBIFG 1Eh
Function address USBFUNADR 1Fh

80 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10 Input/Output Schematics

6.10.1 Port P1, P1.0 to P1.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
P1REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P1DIR.x 0
Direction
From module 1 0: Input
1: Output

P1OUT.x 0

From module 1
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK
P1DS.x
P1SEL.x P1.1/TA0.0
0: Low drive
P1.2/TA0.1
1: High drive
P1.3/TA0.2
P1IN.x P1.4/TA0.3
P1.5/TA0.4
P1.6/TA1CLK/CBOUT
EN
P1.7/TA1.0
To module D

P1IE.x
EN
P1IRQ.x
Q
P1IFG.x Set

P1SEL.x Interrupt
Edge
P1IES.x Select

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 81


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-46. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.7) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P1.x) x FUNCTION
P1DIR.x P1SEL.x
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK 0 P1.0 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA0CLK 0 1
ACLK 1 1
P1.1/TA0.0 1 P1.1 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA0.CCI0A 0 1
TA0.0 1 1
P1.2/TA0.1 2 P1.2 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA0.CCI1A 0 1
TA0.1 1 1
P1.3/TA0.2 3 P1.3 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA0.CCI2A 0 1
TA0.2 1 1
P1.4/TA0.3 4 P1.4 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA0.CCI3A 0 1
TA0.3 1 1
P1.5/TA0.4 5 P1.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA0.CCI4A 0 1
TA0.4 1 1
P1.6/TA1CLK/CBOUT 6 P1.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA1CLK 0 1
CBOUT comparator B 1 1
P1.7/TA1.0 7 P1.7 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA1.CCI0A 0 1
TA1.0 1 1

82 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.2 Port P2, P2.0 to P2.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
P2REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P2DIR.x 0
Direction
From module 1 0: Input
1: Output

P2OUT.x 0

From module 1
P2.0/TA1.1
P2DS.x
P2SEL.x P2.1/TA1.2
0: Low drive
P2.2/TA2CLK/SMCLK
1: High drive
P2.3/TA2.0
P2IN.x P2.4/TA2.1
P2.5/TA2.2
P2.6/RTCCLK/DMAE0
EN
P2.7/UB0STE/UCA0CLK
To module D

P2IE.x
EN
To module
Q
P2IFG.x Set

P2SEL.x Interrupt
Edge
P2IES.x Select

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 83


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-47. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.7) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
PIN NAME (P2.x) x FUNCTION
P2DIR.x P2SEL.x
P2.0/TA1.1 0 P2.0 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA1.CCI1A 0 1
TA1.1 1 1
P2.1/TA1.2 1 P2.1 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA1.CCI2A 0 1
TA1.2 1 1
P2.2/TA2CLK/SMCLK 2 P2.2 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA2CLK 0 1
SMCLK 1 1
P2.3/TA2.0 3 P2.3 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA2.CCI0A 0 1
TA2.0 1 1
P2.4/TA2.1 4 P2.4 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA2.CCI1A 0 1
TA2.1 1 1
P2.5/TA2.2 5 P2.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TA2.CCI2A 0 1
TA2.2 1 1
P2.6/RTCCLK/DMAE0 6 P2.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
DMAE0 0 1
RTCCLK 1 1
P2.7/UCB0STE/UCA0CLK 7 P2.7 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
(2) (3)
UCB0STE/UCA0CLK X 1
(1) X = Don't care
(2) The pin direction is controlled by the USCI module.
(3) UCA0CLK function takes precedence over UCB0STE function. If the pin is required as UCA0CLK input or output, USCI B0 is forced to
3-wire SPI mode if 4-wire SPI mode is selected.

84 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.3 Port P3, P3.0 to P3.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
P3REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P3DIR.x 0
Direction
From module 1 0: Input
1: Output

P3OUT.x 0

From module 1
P3.0/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA
P3DS.x
P3SEL.x P3.1/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL
0: Low drive
P3.2/UCB0CLK/UCA0STE
1: High drive
P3.3/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO
P3IN.x P3.4/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI
P3.5/TB0.5
P3.6/TB0.6
EN
P3.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT
To module D

Table 6-48. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.7) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
PIN NAME (P3.x) x FUNCTION
P3DIR.x P3SEL.x
P3.0/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA 0 P3.0 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA (2) (3)
X 1
P3.1/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL 1 P3.1 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
(2) (3)
UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL X 1
P3.2/UCB0CLK/UCA0STE 2 P3.2 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
UCB0CLK/UCA0STE (2) (4)
X 1
P3.3/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO 3 P3.3 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
(2)
UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO X 1
P3.4/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI 4 P3.4 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI (2) X 1
(5)
P3.5/TB0.5 5 P3.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0.CCI5A 0 1
TB0.5 1 1
(5)
P3.6/TB0.6 6 P3.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0.CCI6A 0 1
TB0.6 1 1
P3.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT (5) 7 P3.7 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0OUTH 0 1
SVMOUT 1 1
(1) X = Don't care
(2) The pin direction is controlled by the USCI module.
(3) If the I2C functionality is selected, the output drives only the logical 0 to VSS level.
(4) UCB0CLK function takes precedence over UCA0STE function. If the pin is required as UCB0CLK input or output, USCI A0 is forced to
3-wire SPI mode if 4-wire SPI mode is selected.
(5) F5529, F5527, F5525, F5521, F5519, F5517, F5515 devices only.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 85


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.10.4 Port P4, P4.0 to P4.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
P4REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P4DIR.x 0
Direction
from Port Mapping Control 1 0: Input
1: Output

P4OUT.x 0

from Port Mapping Control 1


P4.0/P4MAP0
P4DS.x
P4SEL.x P4.1/P4MAP1
0: Low drive
P4.2/P4MAP2
1: High drive
P4.3/P4MAP3
P4IN.x P4.4/P4MAP4
P4.5/P4MAP5
P4.6/P4MAP6
EN
P4.7/P4MAP7
to Port Mapping Control D

Table 6-49. Port P4 (P4.0 to P4.7) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P4.x) x FUNCTION
P4DIR.x (1) P4SEL.x P4MAPx
P4.0/P4MAP0 0 P4.0 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
P4.1/P4MAP1 1 P4.1 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
P4.2/P4MAP2 2 P4.2 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
P4.3/P4MAP3 3 P4.3 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
P4.4/P4MAP4 4 P4.4 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
P4.5/P4MAP5 5 P4.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
P4.6/P4MAP6 6 P4.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
P4.7/P4MAP7 7 P4.7 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
Mapped secondary digital function X 1 ≤ 30
(1) The direction of some mapped secondary functions are controlled directly by the module. See Table 6-7 for specific direction control
information of mapped secondary functions.

86 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.5 Port P5, P5.0 and P5.1, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
to/from Reference
(n/a MSP430F551x)
(n/a MSPF430F551x)
to ADC12
(n/a MSPF430F551x)
INCHx = x

P5REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P5DIR.x 0

P5OUT.x 0

From module 1
P5.0/(A8/VREF+/VeREF+)
P5DS.x
P5SEL.x P5.1/(A9/VREF–/VeREF–)
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P5IN.x

EN Bus
Keeper
To module D

Table 6-50. Port P5 (P5.0 and P5.1) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
PIN NAME (P5.x) x FUNCTION
P5DIR.x P5SEL.x REFOUT
P5.0/A8/VREF+/VeREF+ (2) 0 P5.0 (I/O) (3) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
(4)
A8/VeREF+ X 1 0
A8/VREF+ (5) X 1 1
P5.1/A9/VREF-/VeREF- (6) 1 P5.1 (I/O) (3) I: 0; O: 1 0 X
A9/VeREF– (7) X 1 0
(8)
A9/VREF– X 1 1
(1) X = Don't care
(2) VREF+/VeREF+ available on MSP430F552x devices only.
(3) Default condition
(4) Setting the P5SEL.0 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. An external voltage can be applied to VeREF+ and used as the reference for the ADC12_A when available. Channel A8, when
selected with the INCHx bits, is connected to the VREF+/VeREF+ pin.
(5) Setting the P5SEL.0 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. The VREF+ reference is available at the pin. Channel A8, when selected with the INCHx bits, is connected to the
VREF+/VeREF+ pin.
(6) VREF-/VeREF- available on MSP430F552x devices only.
(7) Setting the P5SEL.1 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. An external voltage can be applied to VeREF- and used as the reference for the ADC12_A when available. Channel A9, when
selected with the INCHx bits, is connected to the VREF-/VeREF- pin.
(8) Setting the P5SEL.1 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. The VREF– reference is available at the pin. Channel A9, when selected with the INCHx bits, is connected to the VREF-
/VeREF- pin.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 87


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.10.6 Port P5, P5.2, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic

To XT2

P5REN.2

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P5DIR.2 0

P5OUT.2 0

Module X OUT 1
P5.2/XT2IN
P5DS.2
P5SEL.2 0: Low drive
1: High drive
P5IN.2

EN Bus
Keeper
Module X IN D

88 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.7 Port P5, P5.3, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic

To XT2

P5REN.3

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P5DIR.3 0

P5OUT.3 0

Module X OUT 1
P5SEL.2 P5.3/XT2OUT
P5DS.3
XT2BYPASS 0: Low drive
1: High drive
P5SEL.3
P5IN.3

EN Bus
Keeper
Module X IN D

Table 6-51. Port P5 (P5.2, P5.3) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
PIN NAME (P5.x) x FUNCTION
P5DIR.x P5SEL.2 P5SEL.3 XT2BYPASS
P5.2/XT2IN 2 P5.2 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X X
(2)
XT2IN crystal mode X 1 X 0
XT2IN bypass mode (2) X 1 X 1
P5.3/XT2OUT 3 P5.3 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0 X
XT2OUT crystal mode (3) X 1 X 0
P5.3 (I/O) (3) X 1 0 1
(1) X = Don't care
(2) Setting P5SEL.2 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled. Pending the setting of XT2BYPASS, P5.2 is configured for crystal
mode or bypass mode.
(3) Setting P5SEL.2 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled in crystal mode. When using bypass mode, P5.3 can be used as
general-purpose I/O.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 89


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.10.7.1 Port P5, P5.4 and P5.5 Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic

to XT1

P5REN.4

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P5DIR.4 0

P5OUT.4 0

Module X OUT 1
P5.4/XIN
P5DS.4
P5SEL.4 0: Low drive
1: High drive
P5IN.4

EN Bus
Keeper
Module X IN D

90 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Pad Logic

to XT1

P5REN.5

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P5DIR.5 0

P5OUT.5 0

Module X OUT 1
P5SEL.4 P5.5/XOUT
P5DS.5
XT1BYPASS 0: Low drive
1: High drive
P5SEL.5
P5IN.5

EN Bus
Keeper
Module X IN D

Table 6-52. Port P5 (P5.4 and P5.5) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
PIN NAME (P5.x) x FUNCTION
P5DIR.x P5SEL.4 P5SEL.5 XT1BYPASS
P5.4/XIN 4 P5.4 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 X X
XIN crystal mode (2) X 1 X 0
XIN bypass mode (2) X 1 X 1
P5.5/XOUT 5 P5.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0 X
XOUT crystal mode (3) X 1 X 0
P5.5 (I/O) (3) X 1 0 1
(1) X = Don't care
(2) Setting P5SEL.4 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled. Pending the setting of XT1BYPASS, P5.4 is configured for crystal
mode or bypass mode.
(3) Setting P5SEL.4 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled in crystal mode. When using bypass mode, P5.5 can be used as
general-purpose I/O.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 91


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.10.8 Port P5, P5.6 to P5.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
P5REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P5DIR.x 0
Direction
From Module 1 0: Input
1: Output

P5OUT.x 0

P5DS.x
P5SEL.x P5.6/TB0.0
0: Low drive
P5.7/TB0.1
1: High drive
P5IN.x

EN

To module D

Table 6-53. Port P5 (P5.6 to P5.7) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P5.x) x FUNCTION
P5DIR.x P5SEL.x
P5.6/TB0.0 (1) 6 P5.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0.CCI0A 0 1
TB0.0 1 1
P5.7/TB0.1 (1) 7 TB0.CCI1A 0 1
TB0.1 1 1
(1) F5529, F5527, F5525, F5521, F5519, F5517, F5515 devices only.

92 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.9 Port P6, P6.0 to P6.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic

to ADC12
(n/a MSPF430F551x)
INCHx = x
(n/a MSPF430F551x)

to Comparator_B

from Comparator_B
CBPD.x

P6REN.x

DVSS 0
DVCC 1 1
P6DIR.x 0
Direction
1 0: Input
1: Output

P6OUT.x 0
From module 1
P6.0/CB0/(A0)
P6DS.x
P6SEL.x P6.1/CB1/(A1)
0: Low drive
P6.2/CB2/(A2)
1: High drive
P6.3/CB3/(A3)
P6IN.x P6.4/CB4/(A4)
P6.5/CB5/(A5)
EN Bus P6.6/CB6/(A6)
Keeper P6.7/CB7/(A7)
To module D

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 93


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-54. Port P6 (P6.0 to P6.7) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P6.x) x FUNCTION
P6DIR.x P6SEL.x CBPD
P6.0/CB0/(A0) 0 P6.0 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A0 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB0 (1) X X 1
P6.1/CB1/(A1) 1 P6.1 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A1 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB1 (1) X X 1
P6.2/CB2/(A2) 2 P6.2 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A2 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB2 (1) X X 1
P6.3/CB3/(A3) 3 P6.3 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A3 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB3 (1) X X 1
P6.4/CB4/(A4) 4 P6.4 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A4 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB4 (1) X X 1
P6.5/CB5/(A5) 5 P6.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A5 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB5 (1) X X 1
P6.6/CB6/(A6) 6 P6.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A6 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB6 (1) X X 1
P6.7/CB7/(A7) 7 P6.7 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A7 (only MSP430F552x) X 1 X
CB7 (1) X X 1
(1) Setting the CBPD.x bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. Selecting the CBx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the CBx bits automatically disables output driver and input buffer
for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CBPD.x bit.

94 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.10 Port P7, P7.0 to P7.3, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic

to ADC12
(n/a MSPF430F551x)
INCHx = x
(n/a MSPF430F551x)

to Comparator_B

from Comparator_B

CBPD.x

P7REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P7DIR.x 0
Direction
1 0: Input
1: Output

P7OUT.x 0

From module 1
P7.0/CB8/(A12)
P7DS.x
P7SEL.x P7.1/CB9/(A13)
0: Low drive
P7.2/CB10/(A14)
1: High drive
P7.3/CB11/(A15)
P7IN.x

EN Bus
Keeper
To module D

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 95


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-55. Port P7 (P7.0 to P7.3) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P7.x) x FUNCTION
P7DIR.x P7SEL.x CBPD
(1)
P7.0/CB8/(A12) 0 P7.0 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
(2)
A12 X 1 X
CB8 (3) (1)
X X 1
P7.1/CB9/(A13) 1 P7.1 (I/O) (1) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
(2)
A13 X 1 X
CB9 (3) (1)
X X 1
P7.2/CB10/(A14) 2 P7.2 (I/O) (1) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A14 (2) X 1 X
CB10 (3) (1)
X X 1
P7.3/CB11/(A15) 3 P7.3 (I/O) (1) I: 0; O: 1 0 0
A15 (2) X 1 X
CB11 (3) (1)
X X 1
(1) F5529, F5527, F5525, F5521, F5519, F5517, F5515 devices only
(2) F5529, F5527, F5525, F5521 devices only
(3) Setting the CBPD.x bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. Selecting the CBx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the CBx bits automatically disables output driver and input buffer
for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CBPD.x bit.

96 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.11 Port P7, P7.4 to P7.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
P7REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P7DIR.x 0
Direction
From module 1 0: Input
1: Output

P7OUT.x 0

P7DS.x
P7SEL.x P7.4/TB0.2
0: Low drive
P7.5/TB0.3
1: High drive
P7.6/TB0.4
P7IN.x P7.7/TB0CLK/MCLK

EN

To module D

Table 6-56. Port P7 (P7.4 to P7.7) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P7.x) x FUNCTION
P7DIR.x P7SEL.x
P7.4/TB0.2 (1) 4 P7.4 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0.CCI2A 0 1
TB0.2 1 1
P7.5/TB0.3 (1) 5 P7.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0.CCI3A 0 1
TB0.3 1 1
(1)
P7.6/TB0.4 6 P7.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0.CCI4A 0 1
TB0.4 1 1
(1)
P7.7/TB0CLK/MCLK 7 P7.7 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
TB0CLK 0 1
MCLK 1 1
(1) F5529, F5527, F5525, F5521, F5519, F5517, F5515 devices only

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 97


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

6.10.12 Port P8, P8.0 to P8.2, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger

Pad Logic
P8REN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
P8DIR.x 0
Direction
from Port Mapping Control 1 0: Input
1: Output

P8OUT.x 0

from Port Mapping Control 1


P8.0
P8DS.x
P8SEL.x P8.1
0: Low drive
P8.2
1: High drive
P8IN.x

EN

to Port Mapping Control D

Table 6-57. Port P8 (P8.0 to P8.2) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P8.x) x FUNCTION
P8DIR.x P8SEL.x
P8.0 (1) 0 P8.0(I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
P8.1 (1) 1 P8.1(I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
(1)
P8.2 2 P8.2(I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0
(1) F5529, F5527, F5525, F5521, F5519, F5517, F5515 devices only

98 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.13 Port PU.0/DP, PU.1/DM, PUR USB Ports


PUSEL VUSB VSSU

PUOPE 0 Pad Logic


USB output enable 1

PUOUT0 0 PU.0/
USB DP output 1 DP

PUIN0
USB DP input

PUIPE

.
PUIN1
USB DM input

PUOUT1 0 PU.1/
USB DM output 1 DM

VUSB VSSU

Pad Logic
PUREN

“1” PUR

PUSEL

PURIN

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 99


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-58. Port PU.0/DP, PU.1/DM Output Functions (1)


CONTROL BITS PIN NAME
PUSEL PUOPE PUOUT1 PUOUT0 PU.1/DM PU.0/DP
0 0 X X Output disabled Output disabled
0 1 0 0 Output low Output low
0 1 0 1 Output low Output high
0 1 1 0 Output high Output low
0 1 1 1 Output high Output high
1 X X X DM (2) DP (2)
(1) PU.1/DM and PU.0/DP inputs and outputs are supplied from VUSB. VUSB can be generated by the
device using the integrated 3.3-V LDO when enabled. VUSB can also be supplied externally when the
3.3-V LDO is not being used and is disabled.
(2) Output state set by the USB module.

Table 6-59. Port PU.0/DP, PU.1/DM Input Functions (1)


CONTROL BITS PIN NAME
PUSEL PUIPE PU.1/DM PU.0/DP
0 0 Input disabled Input disabled
0 1 Input enabled Input enabled
1 X DM input DP input
(1) PU.1/DM and PU.0/DP inputs and outputs are supplied from VUSB. VUSB can be generated by the
device using the integrated 3.3-V LDO when enabled. VUSB can also be supplied externally when the
3.3-V LDO is not being used and is disabled.

Table 6-60. Port PUR Input Functions


CONTROL BITS
FUNCTION
PUSEL PUREN
Input disabled
0 0
Pullup disabled
Input disabled
0 1
Pullup enabled
Input enabled
1 0
Pullup disabled
Input enabled
1 1
Pullup enabled

100 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.10.14 Port J, J.0 JTAG Pin TDO, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger or Output

Pad Logic
PJREN.0

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
PJDIR.0 0

DVCC 1

PJOUT.0 0

From JTAG 1
PJ.0/TDO
PJDS.0
From JTAG 0: Low drive
1: High drive

PJIN.0

EN

6.10.15 Port J, J.1 to J.3 JTAG Pins TMS, TCK, TDI/TCLK, Input/Output With Schmitt
Trigger or Output

Pad Logic
PJREN.x

DVSS 0

DVCC 1 1
PJDIR.x 0

DVSS 1

PJOUT.x 0

From JTAG 1
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJDS.x
From JTAG PJ.2/TMS
0: Low drive
PJ.3/TCK
1: High drive

PJIN.x

EN

To JTAG D

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 101


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-61. Port PJ (PJ.0 to PJ.3) Pin Functions


CONTROL BITS/
PIN NAME (PJ.x) x FUNCTION SIGNALS (1)
PJDIR.x
PJ.0/TDO 0 PJ.0 (I/O) (2) I: 0; O: 1
TDO (3) X
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK 1 PJ.1 (I/O) (2) I: 0; O: 1
TDI/TCLK (3) (4)
X
(2)
PJ.2/TMS 2 PJ.2 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1
TMS (3) (4)
X
PJ.3/TCK 3 PJ.3 (I/O) (2) I: 0; O: 1
TCK (3) (4)
X
(1) X = Don't care
(2) Default condition
(3) The pin direction is controlled by the JTAG module.
(4) In JTAG mode, pullups are activated automatically on TMS, TCK, and TDI/TCLK. PJREN.x are do not care.

102 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

6.11 Device Descriptors (TLV)


Table 6-62 and Table 6-63 list the complete contents of the device descriptor tag-length-value (TLV)
structure for each device type.

Table 6-62. MSP430F552x Device Descriptor Table (1)


SIZE VALUE
DESCRIPTION ADDRESS
(bytes) F5529 F5528 F5527 F5526 F5525 F5524 F5522 F5521
Info Block Info length 01A00h 1 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h
CRC length 01A01h 1 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h
CRC value 01A02h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Device ID 01A04h 1 55h 55h 55h 55h 55h 55h 55h 55h
Device ID 01A05h 1 29h 28h 27h 26h 25h 24h 22h 21h
Hardware revision 01A06h 1 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Firmware revision 01A07h 1 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Die Record Die Record Tag 01A08h 1 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h
Die Record length 01A09h 1 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah
Lot/Wafer ID 01A0Ah 4 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Die X position 01A0Eh 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Die Y position 01A10h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Test results 01A12h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
ADC12 ADC12 Calibration Tag 01A14h 1 11h 11h 11h 11h 11h 11h 11h 11h
Calibration
ADC12 Calibration length 01A15h 1 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
ADC Gain Factor 01A16h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
ADC Offset 01A18h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
ADC 1.5-V Reference
01A1Ah 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Temp. Sensor 30°C
ADC 1.5-V Reference
01A1Ch 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Temp. Sensor 85°C
ADC 2.0-V Reference
01A1Eh 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Temp. Sensor 30°C
ADC 2.0-V Reference
01A20h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Temp. Sensor 85°C
ADC 2.5-V Reference
01A22h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Temp. Sensor 30°C
ADC 2.5-V Reference
01A24h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Temp. Sensor 85°C
REF REF Calibration Tag 01A26h 1 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h
Calibration
REF Calibration length 01A27h 1 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h
REF 1.5-V Reference
01A28h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Factor
REF 2.0-V Reference
01A2Ah 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Factor
REF 2.5-V Reference
01A2Ch 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Factor
Peripheral Peripheral Descriptor Tag 01A2Eh 1 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
Descriptor
Peripheral Descriptor
01A2Fh 1 63h 61h 65h 63h 63h 61h 61h 64h
Length
08h 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h
Memory 1 2
8Ah 8Ah 8Ah 8Ah 8Ah 8Ah 8Ah 8Ah
0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch
Memory 2 2
86h 86h 86h 86h 86h 86h 86h 86h
0Eh 0Eh 0Eh 0Eh 0Eh 0Eh 0Eh 0Eh
Memory 3 2
2Ah 2Ah 2Ah 2Ah 2Ah 2Ah 2Ah 2Ah
12h 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h
Memory 4 2
2Eh 2Eh 2Dh 2Dh 2Ch 2Ch 2Eh 2Dh
22h 22h 2Ah 2Ah 22h 22h 40h 2Ah
Memory 5 2
96h 96h 22h 22h 94h 94h 92h 40h

(1) NA = Not applicable, blank = unused and reads FFh.


Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 103
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-62. MSP430F552x Device Descriptor Table(1) (continued)


SIZE VALUE
DESCRIPTION ADDRESS
(bytes) F5529 F5528 F5527 F5526 F5525 F5524 F5522 F5521
95h 95h
Memory 6 1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 92h
92h 92h
delimiter 1 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
Peripheral count 1 21h 20h 21h 20h 21h 20h 20h 21h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
MSP430CPUXV2 2
23h 23h 23h 23h 23h 23h 23h 23h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
JTAG 2
09h 09h 09h 09h 09h 09h 09h 09h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
SBW 2
0Fh 0Fh 0Fh 0Fh 0Fh 0Fh 0Fh 0Fh
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
EEM-L 2
05h 05h 05h 05h 05h 05h 05h 05h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
TI BSL 2
FCh FCh FCh FCh FCh FCh FCh FCh
10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
SFR 2
41h 41h 41h 41h 41h 41h 41h 41h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
PMM 2
30h 30h 30h 30h 30h 30h 30h 30h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
FCTL 2
38h 38h 38h 38h 38h 38h 38h 38h
01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h
CRC16 2
3Ch 3Ch 3Ch 3Ch 3Ch 3Ch 3Ch 3Ch
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
CRC16_RB 2
3Dh 3Dh 3Dh 3Dh 3Dh 3Dh 3Dh 3Dh
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
RAMCTL 2
44h 44h 44h 44h 44h 44h 44h 44h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
WDT_A 2
40h 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h
01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h
UCS 2
48h 48h 48h 48h 48h 48h 48h 48h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
SYS 2
42h 42h 42h 42h 42h 42h 42h 42h
03h 03h 03h 03h 03h 03h 03h 03h
REF 2
A0h A0h A0h A0h A0h A0h A0h A0h
01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h
Port Mapping 2
10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
Port 1/2 2
51h 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
Port 3/4 2
52h 52h 52h 52h 52h 52h 52h 52h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
Port 5/6 2
53h 53h 53h 53h 53h 53h 53h 53h
02h 02h 02h 02h
Port 7/8 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
54h 54h 54h 54h
0Ch 0Eh 0Ch 0Eh 0Ch 0Eh 0Eh 0Ch
JTAG 2
5Fh 5Fh 5Fh 5Fh 5Fh 5Fh 5Fh 5Fh
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
TA0 2
62h 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
TA1 2
61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
TB0 2
67h 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
TA2 2
61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h
0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah
RTC 2
68h 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
MPY32 2
85h 85h 85h 85h 85h 85h 85h 85h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
DMA-3 2
47h 47h 47h 47h 47h 47h 47h 47h

104 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-62. MSP430F552x Device Descriptor Table(1) (continued)


SIZE VALUE
DESCRIPTION ADDRESS
(bytes) F5529 F5528 F5527 F5526 F5525 F5524 F5522 F5521
0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch
USCI_A/B 2
90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
USCI_A/B 2
90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h
10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
ADC12_A 2
D1h D1h D1h D1h D1h D1h D1h D1h
1Ch 1Ch 1Ch 1Ch 1Ch 1Ch 1Ch 1Ch
COMP_B 2
A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
USB 2
98h 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h
Interrupts COMP_B 1 A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h
TB0.CCIFG0 1 64h 64h 64h 64h 64h 64h 64h 64h
TB0.CCIFG1..6 1 65h 65h 65h 65h 65h 65h 65h 65h
WDTIFG 1 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h
USCI_A0 1 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h
USCI_B0 1 91h 91h 91h 91h 91h 91h 91h 91h
ADC12_A 1 D0h D0h D0h D0h D0h D0h D0h D0h
TA0.CCIFG0 1 60h 60h 60h 60h 60h 60h 60h 60h
TA0.CCIFG1..4 1 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h
USB 1 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h
DMA 1 46h 46h 46h 46h 46h 46h 46h 46h
TA1.CCIFG0 1 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h
TA1.CCIFG1..2 1 63h 63h 63h 63h 63h 63h 63h 63h
P1 1 50h 50h 50h 50h 50h 50h 50h 50h
USCI_A1 1 92h 92h 92h 92h 92h 92h 92h 92h
USCI_B1 1 93h 93h 93h 93h 93h 93h 93h 93h
TA1.CCIFG0 1 66h 66h 66h 66h 66h 66h 66h 66h
TA1.CCIFG1..2 1 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h
P2 1 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h
RTC_A 1 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h
delimiter 1 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h

Table 6-63. MSP430F551x Device Descriptor Table (1)


SIZE VALUE
DESCRIPTION ADDRESS
(bytes) F5519 F5517 F5515 F5514 F5513
Info Block Info length 01A00h 1 55h 55h 55h 55h 55h
CRC length 01A01h 1 19h 17h 15h 14h 13h
CRC value 01A02h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Device ID 01A04h 1 22h 21h 55h 55h 20h
Device ID 01A05h 1 80h 80h 15h 14h 80h
Hardware revision 01A06h 1 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Firmware revision 01A07h 1 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Die Record Die Record Tag 01A08h 1 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h
Die Record length 01A09h 1 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah
Lot/Wafer ID 01A0Ah 4 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Die X position 01A0Eh 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Die Y position 01A10h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Test results 01A12h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
ADC12 Calibration ADC12 Calibration Tag 01A14h 1 05h 05h 11h 11h 05h
ADC12 Calibration length 01A15h 1 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
ADC Gain Factor 01A16h 2 blank blank blank blank blank

(1) NA = Not applicable, blank = unused and reads FFh.


Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 105
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-63. MSP430F551x Device Descriptor Table(1) (continued)


SIZE VALUE
DESCRIPTION ADDRESS
(bytes) F5519 F5517 F5515 F5514 F5513
ADC Offset 01A18h 2 blank blank blank blank blank
ADC 1.5-V Reference
01A1Ah 2 blank blank blank blank blank
Temp. Sensor 30°C
ADC 1.5-V Reference
01A1Ch 2 blank blank blank blank blank
Temp. Sensor 85°C
ADC 2.0-V Reference
01A1Eh 2 blank blank blank blank blank
Temp. Sensor 30°C
ADC 2.0-V Reference
01A20h 2 blank blank blank blank blank
Temp. Sensor 85°C
ADC 2.5-V Reference
01A22h 2 blank blank blank blank blank
Temp. Sensor 30°C
ADC 2.5-V Reference
01A24h 2 blank blank blank blank blank
Temp. Sensor 85°C
REF Calibration Tag 01A26h 1 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h
REF Calibration
REF Calibration length 01A27h 1 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h
REF 1.5-V Reference
01A28h 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Factor
REF 2.0-V Reference
01A2Ah 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Factor
REF 2.5-V Reference
01A2Ch 2 per unit per unit per unit per unit per unit
Factor
Peripheral Peripheral Descriptor Tag 01A2Eh 1 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
Descriptor
Peripheral Descriptor
01A2Fh 1 61h 63h 61h 5Fh 5Fh
Length
08h 08h 08h 08h 08h
Memory 1 2
8Ah 8Ah 8Ah 8Ah 8Ah
0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch
Memory 2 2
86h 86h 86h 86h 86h
0Eh 0Eh 0Eh 0Eh 0Eh
Memory 3 2
2Ah 2Ah 2Ah 2Ah 2Ah
12h 12h 12h 12h 12h
Memory 4 2
2Eh 2Dh 2Ch 2Ch 2Ch
22h 2Ah 22h 22h 40h
Memory 5 2
96h 22h 94h 94h 92h
95h
Memory 6 1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
92h
delimiter 1 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
Peripheral count 1 20h 20h 20h 1Fh 1Fh
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
MSP430CPUXV2 2
23h 23h 23h 23h 23h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
JTAG 2
09h 09h 09h 09h 09h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
SBW 2
0Fh 0Fh 0Fh 0Fh 0Fh
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
EEM-L 2
05h 05h 05h 05h 05h
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
TI BSL 2
FCh FCh FCh FCh FCh
10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
SFR 2
41h 41h 41h 41h 41h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
PMM 2
30h 30h 30h 30h 30h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
FCTL 2
38h 38h 38h 38h 38h
01h 01h 01h 01h 01h
CRC16 2
3Ch 3Ch 3Ch 3Ch 3Ch
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
CRC16_RB 2
3Dh 3Dh 3Dh 3Dh 3Dh
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
RAMCTL 2
44h 44h 44h 44h 44h

106 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

Table 6-63. MSP430F551x Device Descriptor Table(1) (continued)


SIZE VALUE
DESCRIPTION ADDRESS
(bytes) F5519 F5517 F5515 F5514 F5513
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
WDT_A 2
40h 40h 40h 40h 40h
01h 01h 01h 01h 01h
UCS 2
48h 48h 48h 48h 48h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
SYS 2
42h 42h 42h 42h 42h
03h 03h 03h 03h 03h
REF 2
A0h A0h A0h A0h A0h
01h 01h 01h 01h 01h
Port Mapping 2
10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
Port 1/2 2
51h 51h 51h 51h 51h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
Port 3/4 2
52h 52h 52h 52h 52h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
Port 5/6 2
53h 53h 53h 53h 53h
02h 02h 02h
Port 7/8 2 N/A N/A
54h 54h 54h
0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Eh 0Eh
JTAG 2
5Fh 5Fh 5Fh 5Fh 5Fh
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
TA0 2
62h 62h 62h 62h 62h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
TA1 2
61h 61h 61h 61h 61h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
TB0 2
67h 67h 67h 67h 67h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
TA2 2
61h 61h 61h 61h 61h
0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah
RTC 2
68h 68h 68h 68h 68h
02h 02h 02h 02h 02h
MPY32 2
85h 85h 85h 85h 85h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
DMA-3 2
47h 47h 47h 47h 47h
0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch 0Ch
USCI_A/B 2
90h 90h 90h 90h 90h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
USCI_A/B 2
90h 90h 90h 90h 90h
ADC12_A 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2Ch 2Ch 2Ch 2Ch 2Ch
COMP_B 2
A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h
04h 04h 04h 04h 04h
USB 2
98h 98h 98h 98h 98h
Interrupts COMP_B 1 A8h A8h A8h A8h A8h
TB0.CCIFG0 1 64h 64h 64h 64h 64h
TB0.CCIFG1..6 1 65h 65h 65h 65h 65h
WDTIFG 1 40h 40h 40h 40h 40h
USCI_A0 1 90h 90h 90h 90h 90h
USCI_B0 1 91h 91h 91h 91h 91h
ADC12_A 1 01h 01h 01h 01h 01h
TA0.CCIFG0 1 60h 60h 60h 60h 60h
TA0.CCIFG1..4 1 61h 61h 61h 61h 61h
USB 1 98h 98h 98h 98h 98h
DMA 1 46h 46h 46h 46h 46h
TA1.CCIFG0 1 62h 62h 62h 62h 62h
TA1.CCIFG1..2 1 63h 63h 63h 63h 63h
P1 1 50h 50h 50h 50h 50h

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Detailed Description 107


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

Table 6-63. MSP430F551x Device Descriptor Table(1) (continued)


SIZE VALUE
DESCRIPTION ADDRESS
(bytes) F5519 F5517 F5515 F5514 F5513
USCI_A1 1 92h 92h 92h 92h 92h
USCI_B1 1 93h 93h 93h 93h 93h
TA1.CCIFG0 1 66h 66h 66h 66h 66h
TA1.CCIFG1..2 1 67h 67h 67h 67h 67h
P2 1 51h 51h 51h 51h 51h
RTC_A 1 68h 68h 68h 68h 68h
delimiter 1 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h

108 Detailed Description Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated


Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

7 Device and Documentation Support


7.1 Device Support

7.1.1 Getting Started and Next Steps


For an introduction to the MSP430™ family of devices and the tools and libraries that are available to help
with your development, visit the Getting Started page.

7.1.2 Development Tools Support


All MSP microcontrollers are supported by a wide variety of software and hardware development tools.
Tools are available from TI and various third parties. See them all at MSP Tools.

7.1.2.1 Hardware Features


See the Code Composer Studio for MSP430 User's Guide (SLAU157) for details on the available features.
BREAK- RANGE LPMx.5
MSP430 4-WIRE 2-WIRE CLOCK STATE TRACE
POINTS BREAK- DEBUGGING
ARCHITECTURE JTAG JTAG CONTROL SEQUENCER BUFFER
(N) POINTS SUPPORT
MSP430Xv2 Yes Yes 8 Yes Yes Yes Yes No

7.1.2.2 Recommended Hardware Options

7.1.2.2.1 Target Socket Boards


The target socket boards allow easy programming and debugging of the device using JTAG. They also
feature header pin outs for prototyping. Target socket boards are orderable individually or as a kit with the
JTAG programmer and debugger included. The following table shows the compatible target boards and
the supported packages.
PACKAGE TARGET BOARD AND PROGRAMMER BUNDLE TARGET BOARD ONLY
64-pin VQFN (RGC) MSP-FET430U64USB MSP-TS430RGC64USB
80-pin LQFP (PN) MSP-FET430U80USB MSP-TS430PN80USB

7.1.2.2.2 Experimenter Boards


Experimenter Boards and Evaluation kits are available for some MSP devices. These kits feature
additional hardware components and connectivity for full system evaluation and prototyping. See MSP
Tools for details.

7.1.2.2.3 Debugging and Programming Tools


Hardware programming and debugging tools are available from TI and from its third party suppliers. See
the full list of available tools at MSP Tools.

7.1.2.2.4 Production Programmers


The production programmers expedite loading firmware to devices by programming several devices
simultaneously.
PART NUMBER PC PORT FEATURES PROVIDER
Program up to eight devices at a time. Works with PC or as a stand-
MSP-GANG Serial and USB Texas Instruments
alone package.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Device and Documentation Support 109
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

7.1.2.3 Recommended Software Options

7.1.2.3.1 Integrated Development Environments


Software development tools are available from TI or from third parties. Open source solutions are also
available.
This device is supported by Code Composer Studio™ IDE (CCS).

7.1.2.3.2 MSPWare
MSPWare is a collection of code examples, data sheets, and other design resources for all MSP devices
delivered in a convenient package. In addition to providing a complete collection of existing MSP design
resources, MSPWare also includes a high-level API called MSP Driver Library. This library makes it easy
to program MSP hardware. MSPWare is available as a component of CCS or as a stand-alone package.

7.1.2.3.3 TI-RTOS
TI-RTOS is an advanced real-time operating system for the MSP microcontrollers. It features preemptive
deterministic multi-tasking, hardware abstraction, memory management, and real-time analysis. TI-RTOS
is available free of charge and is provided with full source code.

7.1.2.3.4 MSP430 USB Developer's Package


MSP430 USB Developer's Package is an easy-to-use USB stack implementation for the MSP
microcontrollers.

7.1.2.3.5 Command-Line Programmer


MSP Flasher is an open-source, shell-based interface for programming MSP microcontrollers through a
FET programmer or eZ430 using JTAG or Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW) communication. MSP430 Flasher can be
used to download binary files (.txt or .hex) files directly to the MSP430 Flash without the need for an IDE.

7.1.3 Device and Development Tool Nomenclature


To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
MSP430 MCU devices and support tools. Each MSP430 MCU commercial family member has one of
three prefixes: MSP, PMS, or XMS (for example, MSP430F5438A). TI recommends two of three possible
prefix designators for its support tools: MSP and MSPX. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of
product development from engineering prototypes (with XMS for devices and MSPX for tools) through fully
qualified production devices and tools (with MSP for devices and MSP for tools).
Device development evolutionary flow:
XMS – Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the electrical specifications for the
final device
PMS – Final silicon die that conforms to the electrical specifications for the device but has not completed
quality and reliability verification
MSP – Fully qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
MSPX – Development-support product that has not yet completed TI's internal qualification testing.
MSP – Fully-qualified development-support product
XMS and PMS devices and MSPX development-support tools are shipped against the following
disclaimer:
"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."

110 Device and Documentation Support Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

MSP devices and MSP development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and
reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices (XMS and PMS) have a greater failure rate than the standard
production devices. TI recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because
their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, PZP) and temperature range (for example, T). Figure 7-1 provides a legend
for reading the complete device name for any family member.

MSP 430 F 5 438 A I ZQW T -EP

Processor Family Optional: Additional Features

430 MCU Platform Optional: Tape and Reel

Device Type Packaging

Series Optional: Temperature Range

Feature Set Optional: A = Revision

Processor Family CC = Embedded RF Radio


MSP = Mixed-Signal Processor
XMS = Experimental Silicon
PMS = Prototype Device
430 MCU Platform TI’s Low-Power Microcontroller Platform
Device Type Memory Type Specialized Application
C = ROM AFE = Analog Front End
F = Flash BT = Preprogrammed with Bluetooth
FR = FRAM BQ = Contactless Power
G = Flash or FRAM (Value Line) CG = ROM Medical
L = No Nonvolatile Memory FE = Flash Energy Meter
FG = Flash Medical
FW = Flash Electronic Flow Meter
Series 1 Series = Up to 8 MHz 5 Series = Up to 25 MHz
2 Series = Up to 16 MHz 6 Series = Up to 25 MHz with LCD
3 Series = Legacy 0 = Low-Voltage Series
4 Series = Up to 16 MHz with LCD
Feature Set Various Levels of Integration Within a Series
Optional: A = Revision N/A
Optional: Temperature Range S = 0°C to 50°C
C = 0°C to 70°C
I = –40°C to 85°C
T = –40°C to 105°C
Packaging http://www.ti.com/packaging
Optional: Tape and Reel T = Small Reel
R = Large Reel
No Markings = Tube or Tray
Optional: Additional Features -EP = Enhanced Product (–40°C to 105°C)
-HT = Extreme Temperature Parts (–55°C to 150°C)
-Q1 = Automotive Q100 Qualified

Figure 7-1. Device Nomenclature

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Device and Documentation Support 111
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

7.2 Documentation Support


The following documents describe the MSP430F552x and MSP430F551x devices. Copies of these
documents are available on the Internet at www.ti.com.
SLAU208 MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide. Detailed information on the modules
and peripherals available in this device family.
SLAZ314 MSP430F5529 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ313 MSP430F5528 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ312 MSP430F5527 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ311 MSP430F5526 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ310 MSP430F5525 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ309 MSP430F5524 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ308 MSP430F5522 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ307 MSP430F5521 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ306 MSP430F5519 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ305 MSP430F5517 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ304 MSP430F5515 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ303 MSP430F5514 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.
SLAZ302 MSP430F5513 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for all silicon revisions of the device.

112 Device and Documentation Support Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
www.ti.com SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015

7.3 Related Links


Table 7-1 lists quick access links. Categories include technical documents, support and community
resources, tools and software, and quick access to sample or buy.

Table 7-1. Related Links


TECHNICAL TOOLS & SUPPORT &
PARTS PRODUCT FOLDER SAMPLE & BUY
DOCUMENTS SOFTWARE COMMUNITY
MSP430F5529 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5528 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5527 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5526 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5525 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5524 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5522 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5521 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5519 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5517 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5515 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5514 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here
MSP430F5513 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here

7.4 Community Resources


The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E™ Community
TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration among engineers. At
e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas, and help solve problems with fellow
engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki
Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help developers get started with embedded
processors from Texas Instruments and to foster innovation and growth of general knowledge about the
hardware and software surrounding these devices.

7.5 Trademarks
MSP430, MicroStar Junior, Code Composer Studio, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments.

7.6 Electrostatic Discharge Caution


This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.

7.7 Glossary
TI Glossary This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.

Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated Device and Documentation Support 113
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
MSP430F5529, MSP430F5528, MSP430F5527, MSP430F5526
MSP430F5525, MSP430F5524, MSP430F5522, MSP430F5521
MSP430F5519, MSP430F5517, MSP430F5515, MSP430F5514, MSP430F5513
SLAS590M – MARCH 2009 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2015 www.ti.com

8 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information


The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the
most current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and
revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.

114 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information Copyright © 2009–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F5529 MSP430F5528 MSP430F5527 MSP430F5526 MSP430F5525 MSP430F5524
MSP430F5522 MSP430F5521 MSP430F5519 MSP430F5517 MSP430F5515 MSP430F5514 MSP430F5513
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 6-May-2016

PACKAGING INFORMATION

Orderable Device Status Package Type Package Pins Package Eco Plan Lead/Ball Finish MSL Peak Temp Op Temp (°C) Device Marking Samples
(1) Drawing Qty (2) (6) (3) (4/5)

MSP430F5513IRGCR ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 2000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5513
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5513IZQE ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 360 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5513
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5513IZQER ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5513
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5514IRGCR ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 2000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5514
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5514IRGCT ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 250 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5514
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5514IZQE ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 360 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5514
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5514IZQER ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5514
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5515IPN ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5515
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5515IPNR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5515
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5517IPN ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5517
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5517IPNR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5517
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5519IPN ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5519
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5519IPNR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5519
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5521IPN ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5521
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5521IPNR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5521
& no Sb/Br)

Addendum-Page 1
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 6-May-2016

Orderable Device Status Package Type Package Pins Package Eco Plan Lead/Ball Finish MSL Peak Temp Op Temp (°C) Device Marking Samples
(1) Drawing Qty (2) (6) (3) (4/5)

MSP430F5522IRGCR ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 2000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5522
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5522IRGCT ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 250 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5522
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5522IZQE ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 360 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5522
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5522IZQER ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5522
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5524IRGCR ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 2000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Call TI Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5524
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5524IRGCT ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 250 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5524
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5524IYFFR ACTIVE DSBGA YFF 64 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-1-260C-UNLIM M430F5524
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5524IZQE ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 360 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5524
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5524IZQER ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5524
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5525IPN ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5525
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5525IPNR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5525
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5526IRGCR ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 2000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5526
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5526IRGCT ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 250 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5526
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5526IYFFR ACTIVE DSBGA YFF 64 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-1-260C-UNLIM M430F5526
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5526IZQE ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 360 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5526
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR

Addendum-Page 2
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 6-May-2016

Orderable Device Status Package Type Package Pins Package Eco Plan Lead/Ball Finish MSL Peak Temp Op Temp (°C) Device Marking Samples
(1) Drawing Qty (2) (6) (3) (4/5)

MSP430F5526IZQER ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5526
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5527IPN ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5527
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5527IPNR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5527
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5528IRGCR ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 2000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5528
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5528IRGCT ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 250 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU | Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5528
& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAUAG
MSP430F5528IYFFR ACTIVE DSBGA YFF 64 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-1-260C-UNLIM -40 to 85 M430F5528
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5528IZQE ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 360 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5528
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5528IZQER ACTIVE BGA ZQE 80 2500 Green (RoHS SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5528
MICROSTAR & no Sb/Br)
JUNIOR
MSP430F5529IPN ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5529
& no Sb/Br)
MSP430F5529IPNR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 Green (RoHS CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 M430F5529
& no Sb/Br)

(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.

(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.

Addendum-Page 3
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 6-May-2016

Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)

(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.

(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.

(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.

(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.

Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.

In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.

Addendum-Page 4
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 28-Apr-2015

TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION

*All dimensions are nominal


Device Package Package Pins SPQ Reel Reel A0 B0 K0 P1 W Pin1
Type Drawing Diameter Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Quadrant
(mm) W1 (mm)
MSP430F5513IRGCR VQFN RGC 64 2000 330.0 16.4 9.3 9.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2
MSP430F5513IZQER BGA MI ZQE 80 2500 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.5 8.0 12.0 Q1
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
MSP430F5514IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 180.0 16.4 9.3 9.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2
MSP430F5514IZQER BGA MI ZQE 80 2500 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.5 8.0 12.0 Q1
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
MSP430F5515IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 15.0 15.0 2.1 20.0 24.0 Q2
MSP430F5517IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 15.0 15.0 2.1 20.0 24.0 Q2
MSP430F5519IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 15.0 15.0 2.1 20.0 24.0 Q2
MSP430F5521IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 15.0 15.0 2.1 20.0 24.0 Q2
MSP430F5522IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 180.0 16.4 9.3 9.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2
MSP430F5522IZQER BGA MI ZQE 80 2500 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.5 8.0 12.0 Q1
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
MSP430F5524IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 180.0 16.4 9.3 9.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2
MSP430F5524IYFFR DSBGA YFF 64 2500 330.0 12.4 3.86 3.86 0.69 8.0 12.0 Q2

Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 28-Apr-2015

Device Package Package Pins SPQ Reel Reel A0 B0 K0 P1 W Pin1


Type Drawing Diameter Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Quadrant
(mm) W1 (mm)
MSP430F5524IZQER BGA MI ZQE 80 2500 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.5 8.0 12.0 Q1
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
MSP430F5525IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 15.0 15.0 2.1 20.0 24.0 Q2
MSP430F5526IRGCR VQFN RGC 64 2000 330.0 16.4 9.3 9.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2
MSP430F5526IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 180.0 16.4 9.3 9.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2
MSP430F5526IYFFR DSBGA YFF 64 2500 330.0 12.4 3.86 3.86 0.69 8.0 12.0 Q2
MSP430F5526IZQER BGA MI ZQE 80 2500 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.5 8.0 12.0 Q1
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
MSP430F5527IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 15.0 15.0 2.1 20.0 24.0 Q2
MSP430F5528IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 180.0 16.4 9.3 9.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2
MSP430F5528IYFFR DSBGA YFF 64 2500 330.0 12.4 3.86 3.86 0.69 8.0 12.0 Q2
MSP430F5528IZQER BGA MI ZQE 80 2500 330.0 12.4 5.3 5.3 1.5 8.0 12.0 Q1
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
MSP430F5529IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 15.0 15.0 2.1 20.0 24.0 Q2

*All dimensions are nominal

Pack Materials-Page 2
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 28-Apr-2015

Device Package Type Package Drawing Pins SPQ Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)
MSP430F5513IRGCR VQFN RGC 64 2000 367.0 367.0 38.0
MSP430F5513IZQER BGA MICROSTAR ZQE 80 2500 338.1 338.1 20.6
JUNIOR
MSP430F5514IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 210.0 185.0 35.0
MSP430F5514IZQER BGA MICROSTAR ZQE 80 2500 338.1 338.1 20.6
JUNIOR
MSP430F5515IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 45.0
MSP430F5517IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 45.0
MSP430F5519IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 45.0
MSP430F5521IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 45.0
MSP430F5522IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 210.0 185.0 35.0
MSP430F5522IZQER BGA MICROSTAR ZQE 80 2500 338.1 338.1 20.6
JUNIOR
MSP430F5524IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 210.0 185.0 35.0
MSP430F5524IYFFR DSBGA YFF 64 2500 367.0 367.0 35.0
MSP430F5524IZQER BGA MICROSTAR ZQE 80 2500 338.1 338.1 20.6
JUNIOR
MSP430F5525IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 45.0
MSP430F5526IRGCR VQFN RGC 64 2000 367.0 367.0 38.0
MSP430F5526IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 210.0 185.0 35.0
MSP430F5526IYFFR DSBGA YFF 64 2500 367.0 367.0 35.0
MSP430F5526IZQER BGA MICROSTAR ZQE 80 2500 338.1 338.1 20.6
JUNIOR
MSP430F5527IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 45.0
MSP430F5528IRGCT VQFN RGC 64 250 210.0 185.0 35.0
MSP430F5528IYFFR DSBGA YFF 64 2500 367.0 367.0 35.0
MSP430F5528IZQER BGA MICROSTAR ZQE 80 2500 338.1 338.1 20.6
JUNIOR
MSP430F5529IPNR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 45.0

Pack Materials-Page 3
MECHANICAL DATA

MTQF010A – JANUARY 1995 – REVISED DECEMBER 1996

PN (S-PQFP-G80) PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK

0,27
0,50 0,08 M
0,17

60 41

61 40

0,13 NOM
80 21

1 20 Gage Plane

9,50 TYP
12,20 0,25
SQ
11,80 0,05 MIN 0°– 7°
14,20
SQ
13,80
1,45 0,75
1,35 0,45

Seating Plane

1,60 MAX 0,08

4040135 / B 11/96

NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.


B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.
C. Falls within JEDEC MS-026

POST OFFICE BOX 655303 • DALLAS, TEXAS 75265 1


D: Max = 3.79 mm, Min = 3.73 mm

E: Max = 3.79 mm, Min = 3.73 mm


IMPORTANT NOTICE

Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.

Products Applications
Audio www.ti.com/audio Automotive and Transportation www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers amplifier.ti.com Communications and Telecom www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters dataconverter.ti.com Computers and Peripherals www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products www.dlp.com Consumer Electronics www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP dsp.ti.com Energy and Lighting www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers www.ti.com/clocks Industrial www.ti.com/industrial
Interface interface.ti.com Medical www.ti.com/medical
Logic logic.ti.com Security www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt power.ti.com Space, Avionics and Defense www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers microcontroller.ti.com Video and Imaging www.ti.com/video
RFID www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors www.ti.com/omap TI E2E Community e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity

Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated

You might also like